Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-cris.c revision 1.1.1.11
      1       1.1     skrll /* CRIS-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
      2  1.1.1.11  christos    Copyright (C) 2000-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3       1.1     skrll    Contributed by Axis Communications AB.
      4       1.1     skrll    Written by Hans-Peter Nilsson, based on elf32-fr30.c
      5       1.1     skrll    PIC and shlib bits based primarily on elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c.
      6       1.1     skrll 
      7       1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      8       1.1     skrll 
      9       1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     10       1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     11       1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     12       1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     13       1.1     skrll 
     14       1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     15       1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     16       1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     17       1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     18       1.1     skrll 
     19       1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     20       1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     21       1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     22       1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     23       1.1     skrll 
     24       1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     25       1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     26       1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     27       1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     28       1.1     skrll #include "elf/cris.h"
     29   1.1.1.2  christos #include <limits.h>
     30       1.1     skrll 
     31   1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
     32   1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *,
     33   1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *, bfd *, char **);
     34   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
     35   1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *, unsigned long);
     36       1.1     skrll 
     37   1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
     38       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type cris_elf_howto_table [] =
     39       1.1     skrll {
     40       1.1     skrll   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
     41       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_NONE,		/* type */
     42       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     43   1.1.1.9  christos 	 0,			/* size */
     44   1.1.1.4  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     45   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
     46       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     47   1.1.1.4  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     48       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     49       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_NONE",		/* name */
     50   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
     51       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     52       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     53   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
     54       1.1     skrll 
     55       1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit absolute relocation.  */
     56       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8,		/* type */
     57       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     58   1.1.1.9  christos 	 1,			/* size */
     59       1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
     60   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
     61       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     62       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     63       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     64       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8",		/* name */
     65   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
     66       1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
     67       1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
     68   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
     69       1.1     skrll 
     70       1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit absolute relocation.  */
     71       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16,		/* type */
     72       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     73   1.1.1.9  christos 	 2,			/* size */
     74       1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
     75   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
     76       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     77       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     78       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     79       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16",		/* name */
     80   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
     81       1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
     82       1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
     83   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
     84       1.1     skrll 
     85       1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit absolute relocation.  */
     86       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32,		/* type */
     87       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     88   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
     89       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     90   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
     91       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     92       1.1     skrll 	 /* We don't want overflow complaints for 64-bit vma builds
     93       1.1     skrll 	    for e.g. sym+0x40000000 (or actually sym-0xc0000000 in
     94       1.1     skrll 	    32-bit ELF) where sym=0xc0001234.
     95       1.1     skrll 	    Don't do this for the PIC relocs, as we don't expect to
     96       1.1     skrll 	    see them with large offsets.  */
     97       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     98       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     99       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32",		/* name */
    100   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    101       1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    102       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    103   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    104       1.1     skrll 
    105       1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    106       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8_PCREL,	/* type */
    107       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    108   1.1.1.9  christos 	 1,			/* size */
    109       1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    110   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true,			/* pc_relative */
    111       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    112       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    113       1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    114       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8_PCREL",	/* name */
    115   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    116       1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
    117       1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
    118   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
    119       1.1     skrll 
    120       1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    121       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_PCREL,	/* type */
    122       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    123   1.1.1.9  christos 	 2,			/* size */
    124       1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    125   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true,			/* pc_relative */
    126       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    127       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    128       1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    129       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_PCREL",	/* name */
    130   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    131       1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    132       1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    133   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
    134       1.1     skrll 
    135       1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    136       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PCREL,	/* type */
    137       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    138   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    139       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    140   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true,			/* pc_relative */
    141       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    142       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    143       1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    144       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PCREL",	/* name */
    145   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    146       1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    147       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    148   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
    149       1.1     skrll 
    150       1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
    151       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
    152       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    153   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    154       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    155   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    156       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    157       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    158       1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
    159       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
    160   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    161       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    162       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    163   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    164       1.1     skrll 
    165       1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
    166       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
    167       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    168   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    169       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    170   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    171       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    172       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    173       1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn,	/* special_function */
    174       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY",	 /* name */
    175   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    176       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    177       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    178   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    179       1.1     skrll 
    180       1.1     skrll   /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
    181       1.1     skrll      both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
    182       1.1     skrll      dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
    183       1.1     skrll      shared library into the object, because the object being
    184       1.1     skrll      run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
    185       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_COPY,		/* type */
    186       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    187   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    188       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    189   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    190       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    191       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    192       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    193       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_COPY",		/* name */
    194   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    195       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    196       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    197   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    198       1.1     skrll 
    199       1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but used when setting global offset table entries.  */
    200       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	/* type */
    201       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    203       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    204   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    205       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    208       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT",	/* name */
    209   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    210       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    212   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213       1.1     skrll 
    214       1.1     skrll   /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
    215       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	/* type */
    216       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    218       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    220       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    223       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT",	/* name */
    224   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    225       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    227   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228       1.1     skrll 
    229       1.1     skrll   /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
    230       1.1     skrll      longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
    231       1.1     skrll      addend.  */
    232       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_RELATIVE,	/* type */
    233       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    234   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    235       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    236   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    237       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    238       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    239       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    240       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_RELATIVE",	/* name */
    241   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    242       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    243       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    244   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    245       1.1     skrll 
    246       1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but referring to the GOT table entry for the symbol.  */
    247       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOT,		/* type */
    248       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    249   1.1.1.9  christos 	 2,			/* size */
    250       1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    251   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    252       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    253       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    254       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    255       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOT",	/* name */
    256   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    257       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    258       1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    259   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    260       1.1     skrll 
    261       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOT,		/* type */
    262       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    263   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    264       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    265   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    266       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    267       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    268       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    269       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOT",	/* name */
    270   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    271       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    272       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    273   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    274       1.1     skrll 
    275       1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32_GOT, but referring to (and requesting a) PLT part of
    276       1.1     skrll      the GOT table for the symbol.  */
    277       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    278       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    279   1.1.1.9  christos 	 2,			/* size */
    280       1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    281   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    282       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    283       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    284       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    285       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    286   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    287       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    288       1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    289   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    290       1.1     skrll 
    291       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    292       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    293   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    294       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    295   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    296       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    297       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    298       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    299       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    300   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    301       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    302       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    303   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    304       1.1     skrll 
    305       1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to (local const) symbol: no GOT entry should
    306       1.1     skrll      be necessary.  */
    307       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	/* type */
    308       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    309   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    310       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    311   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    312       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    313       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    314       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    315       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTREL",	/* name */
    316   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    317       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    318       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    319   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    320       1.1     skrll 
    321       1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to entry for this symbol in PLT and request
    322       1.1     skrll      to create PLT entry for symbol.  */
    323       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL,	/* type */
    324       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    325   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    326       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    327   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* pc_relative */
    328       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    329       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    330       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    331       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL", /* name */
    332   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    333       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    334       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    335   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
    336       1.1     skrll 
    337       1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from PC (location after the relocation) + addend to
    338       1.1     skrll      entry for this symbol in PLT and request to create PLT entry for
    339       1.1     skrll      symbol.  */
    340       1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL,	/* type */
    341       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    342   1.1.1.9  christos 	 4,			/* size */
    343       1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    344   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true,			/* pc_relative */
    345       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    346       1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    347       1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    348       1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL",	/* name */
    349   1.1.1.9  christos 	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
    350       1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    351       1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    352   1.1.1.9  christos 	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
    353   1.1.1.2  christos 
    354   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We don't handle these in any special manner and cross-format
    355   1.1.1.2  christos      linking is not supported; just recognize them enough to pass them
    356   1.1.1.2  christos      around.  FIXME: do the same for most PIC relocs and add sanity
    357   1.1.1.2  christos      tests to actually refuse gracefully to handle these and PIC
    358   1.1.1.2  christos      relocs for cross-format linking.  */
    359   1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO32(name) \
    360   1.1.1.9  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 4, 32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, \
    361   1.1.1.9  christos 	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, false, 0, 0xffffffff, false)
    362   1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16X(name, X)	     \
    363   1.1.1.9  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 2, 16, false, 0, complain_overflow_ ## X, \
    364   1.1.1.9  christos 	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, false, 0, 0xffff, false)
    365   1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, unsigned)
    366   1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16S(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, signed)
    367   1.1.1.2  christos 
    368   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD),
    369   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16 (R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD),
    370   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GD),
    371   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTP),
    372   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_DTPREL),
    373   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_DTPREL),
    374   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL),
    375   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL),
    376   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_TPREL),
    377   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_TPREL),
    378   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTPMOD),
    379   1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_IE)
    380       1.1     skrll };
    381       1.1     skrll 
    382       1.1     skrll /* Map BFD reloc types to CRIS ELF reloc types.  */
    384       1.1     skrll 
    385       1.1     skrll struct cris_reloc_map
    386       1.1     skrll {
    387       1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    388       1.1     skrll   unsigned int cris_reloc_val;
    389       1.1     skrll };
    390       1.1     skrll 
    391       1.1     skrll static const struct cris_reloc_map cris_reloc_map [] =
    392       1.1     skrll {
    393       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE,		R_CRIS_NONE },
    394       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8,		R_CRIS_8 },
    395       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16,		R_CRIS_16 },
    396       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32,		R_CRIS_32 },
    397       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL,		R_CRIS_8_PCREL },
    398       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,		R_CRIS_16_PCREL },
    399       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,		R_CRIS_32_PCREL },
    400       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    401       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY },
    402       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_COPY,	R_CRIS_COPY },
    403       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT },
    404       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT },
    405       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_RELATIVE,	R_CRIS_RELATIVE },
    406       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT,	R_CRIS_16_GOT },
    407       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT,	R_CRIS_32_GOT },
    408       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT },
    409       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT },
    410       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	R_CRIS_32_GOTREL },
    411   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL },
    412   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL },
    413   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD },
    414   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD },
    415   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GD },
    416   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTP,	R_CRIS_DTP },
    417   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_32_DTPREL },
    418   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_16_DTPREL },
    419   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL },
    420   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL },
    421   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_TPREL,	R_CRIS_32_TPREL },
    422   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_TPREL,	R_CRIS_16_TPREL },
    423   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTPMOD,	R_CRIS_DTPMOD },
    424       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_IE,	R_CRIS_32_IE }
    425       1.1     skrll };
    426       1.1     skrll 
    427   1.1.1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    428   1.1.1.3  christos cris_reloc_type_lookup (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    429       1.1     skrll 			bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    430       1.1     skrll {
    431       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    432       1.1     skrll 
    433       1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (cris_reloc_map) / sizeof (cris_reloc_map[0]); i++)
    434       1.1     skrll     if (cris_reloc_map [i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    435       1.1     skrll       return & cris_elf_howto_table [cris_reloc_map[i].cris_reloc_val];
    436       1.1     skrll 
    437       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    438       1.1     skrll }
    439       1.1     skrll 
    440       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    441       1.1     skrll cris_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    442       1.1     skrll {
    443       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    444       1.1     skrll 
    445       1.1     skrll   for (i = 0;
    446       1.1     skrll        i < sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table) / sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table[0]);
    447       1.1     skrll        i++)
    448       1.1     skrll     if (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    449       1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    450       1.1     skrll       return &cris_elf_howto_table[i];
    451       1.1     skrll 
    452       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    453       1.1     skrll }
    454       1.1     skrll 
    455       1.1     skrll /* Set the howto pointer for an CRIS ELF reloc.  */
    456   1.1.1.9  christos 
    457   1.1.1.3  christos static bool
    458   1.1.1.3  christos cris_info_to_howto_rela (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    459   1.1.1.3  christos 			 arelent * cache_ptr,
    460       1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
    461   1.1.1.2  christos {
    462       1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    463       1.1     skrll 
    464   1.1.1.4  christos   r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    465   1.1.1.4  christos   if (r_type >= R_CRIS_max)
    466   1.1.1.6  christos     {
    467   1.1.1.7  christos       /* xgettext:c-format */
    468   1.1.1.7  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
    469   1.1.1.7  christos 			  abfd, r_type);
    470   1.1.1.9  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    471   1.1.1.4  christos       return false;
    472       1.1     skrll     }
    473   1.1.1.9  christos   cache_ptr->howto = & cris_elf_howto_table [r_type];
    474       1.1     skrll   return true;
    475       1.1     skrll }
    476       1.1     skrll 
    477   1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
    478   1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    479   1.1.1.3  christos 		      arelent *reloc_entry,
    480   1.1.1.3  christos 		      asymbol *symbol,
    481   1.1.1.3  christos 		      void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    482   1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *input_section,
    483   1.1.1.3  christos 		      bfd *output_bfd,
    484       1.1     skrll 		      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    485       1.1     skrll {
    486       1.1     skrll   /* By default (using only bfd_elf_generic_reloc when linking to
    487       1.1     skrll      non-ELF formats) PC-relative relocs are relative to the beginning
    488       1.1     skrll      of the reloc.  CRIS PC-relative relocs are relative to the position
    489       1.1     skrll      *after* the reloc because that's what pre-CRISv32 PC points to
    490       1.1     skrll      after reading an insn field with that reloc.  (For CRISv32, PC is
    491       1.1     skrll      actually relative to the start of the insn, but we keep the old
    492       1.1     skrll      definition.)  Still, we use as much generic machinery as we can.
    493       1.1     skrll 
    494       1.1     skrll      Only adjust when doing a final link.  */
    495   1.1.1.9  christos   if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
    496       1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->addend -= bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto);
    497       1.1     skrll 
    498       1.1     skrll   return
    499       1.1     skrll     bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    500       1.1     skrll 			   input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
    501       1.1     skrll }
    502       1.1     skrll 
    503       1.1     skrll /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.
    505       1.1     skrll    The slightly unintuitive code layout is an attempt to keep at least
    506       1.1     skrll    some similarities with other ports, hoping to simplify general
    507   1.1.1.9  christos    changes, while still keeping Linux/CRIS and Linux/CRISv32 code apart.  */
    508   1.1.1.3  christos 
    509       1.1     skrll static bool
    510       1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    511       1.1     skrll {
    512       1.1     skrll   int offset;
    513       1.1     skrll   size_t size;
    514       1.1     skrll 
    515       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    516       1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    517   1.1.1.9  christos       {
    518       1.1     skrll       default:
    519       1.1     skrll 	return false;
    520       1.1     skrll 
    521   1.1.1.4  christos       case 202:		/* Linux/CRISv32 */
    522       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    523       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    524   1.1.1.4  christos 
    525       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    526       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    527       1.1     skrll 
    528       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    529       1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    530       1.1     skrll 	size = 128;
    531       1.1     skrll 
    532       1.1     skrll 	break;
    533       1.1     skrll       }
    534       1.1     skrll   else
    535       1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    536   1.1.1.9  christos       {
    537       1.1     skrll       default:
    538       1.1     skrll 	return false;
    539       1.1     skrll 
    540   1.1.1.4  christos       case 214:		/* Linux/CRIS */
    541       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    542       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    543   1.1.1.4  christos 
    544       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    545       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    546       1.1     skrll 
    547       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    548       1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    549       1.1     skrll 	size = 140;
    550       1.1     skrll 
    551       1.1     skrll 	break;
    552       1.1     skrll       }
    553       1.1     skrll 
    554       1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
    555       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
    556       1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
    557   1.1.1.9  christos }
    558   1.1.1.3  christos 
    559       1.1     skrll static bool
    560       1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    561       1.1     skrll {
    562       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    563       1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    564   1.1.1.9  christos       {
    565       1.1     skrll       default:
    566       1.1     skrll 	return false;
    567   1.1.1.4  christos 
    568       1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRISv32 elf_prpsinfo */
    569   1.1.1.4  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
    570       1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    571       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
    572       1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    573       1.1     skrll       }
    574       1.1     skrll   else
    575       1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    576   1.1.1.9  christos       {
    577       1.1     skrll       default:
    578       1.1     skrll 	return false;
    579   1.1.1.4  christos 
    580       1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRIS elf_prpsinfo */
    581   1.1.1.4  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
    582       1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    583       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
    584       1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    585       1.1     skrll       }
    586       1.1     skrll 
    587       1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
    588       1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
    589       1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
    590   1.1.1.4  christos 
    591       1.1     skrll   {
    592       1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
    593       1.1     skrll     int n = strlen (command);
    594       1.1     skrll 
    595       1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
    596       1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
    597   1.1.1.9  christos   }
    598       1.1     skrll 
    599       1.1     skrll   return true;
    600       1.1     skrll }
    601       1.1     skrll 
    602       1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    604       1.1     skrll    section.  */
    605       1.1     skrll 
    606       1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
    607       1.1     skrll 
    608       1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    609       1.1     skrll 
    610       1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    611       1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 26
    612       1.1     skrll 
    613       1.1     skrll /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    614       1.1     skrll 
    615       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    616       1.1     skrll {
    617       1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1,
    618       1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof.  */
    619       1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    620       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
    621       1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [...],mof */
    622       1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    623       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
    624       1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09	/* jump [...] */
    625       1.1     skrll };
    626       1.1     skrll 
    627       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    628       1.1     skrll {
    629       1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    630       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    631       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced by address of .got + 4.  */
    632       1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    633       1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    634       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,acr */
    635       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    636       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    637       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    638       1.1     skrll   0, 0		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    639       1.1     skrll };
    640       1.1     skrll 
    641       1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
    642       1.1     skrll    this.  */
    643       1.1     skrll 
    644       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    645       1.1     skrll {
    646       1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    647       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    648       1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    649       1.1     skrll   0x3f,	 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    650       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    651       1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    652       1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,
    653       1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    654       1.1     skrll };
    655       1.1     skrll 
    656       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    657       1.1     skrll {
    658       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    659       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    660       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,   /* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    661       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,   /* jump $acr */
    662       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    663       1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move 0,mof */
    664       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table. */
    665       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt0_entry */
    666       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to plt0 entry.  */
    667       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    668       1.1     skrll };
    669       1.1     skrll 
    670       1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    671       1.1     skrll 
    672       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    673       1.1     skrll {
    674       1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1, 0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof */
    675       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01, 0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [r0+4],mof */
    676       1.1     skrll   0x08, 0x01, 0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [r0+8] */
    677       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    678       1.1     skrll };
    679       1.1     skrll 
    680       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    681       1.1     skrll {
    682       1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    683       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01,	/* addoq 4,$r0,$acr */
    684       1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    685       1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    686       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,$acr */
    687       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    688       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    689       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    690       1.1     skrll   0, 0,		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    691       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,
    692       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0
    693       1.1     skrll };
    694       1.1     skrll 
    695       1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    696       1.1     skrll 
    697       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    698       1.1     skrll {
    699       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,   /*  (bdap [pc+].d,r0) */
    700       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    701       1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    702       1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    703       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    704       1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    705       1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    706       1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff
    707       1.1     skrll };
    708       1.1     skrll 
    709       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    710       1.1     skrll {
    711       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,	/* addo.d 0,$r0,$acr */
    712       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    713       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    714       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    715       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    716       1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move relocoffs,$mof */
    717       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    718       1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt */
    719       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    720       1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    721       1.1     skrll };
    722       1.1     skrll 
    723       1.1     skrll /* We copy elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c for the basic linker hash bits
    725       1.1     skrll    (and most other PIC/shlib stuff).  Check that we don't drift away
    726       1.1     skrll    without reason.
    727       1.1     skrll 
    728       1.1     skrll    The CRIS linker, like the m68k and i386 linkers (and probably the rest
    729       1.1     skrll    too) needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it decides to
    730       1.1     skrll    copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it can discard
    731       1.1     skrll    PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking with
    732       1.1     skrll    -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the regular
    733       1.1     skrll    ELF linker hash table.  */
    734       1.1     skrll 
    735       1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    736       1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    737       1.1     skrll 
    738   1.1.1.2  christos struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied
    739       1.1     skrll {
    740       1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    741   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    742       1.1     skrll 
    743       1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    744   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *section;
    745   1.1.1.2  christos 
    746   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    747       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    748       1.1     skrll 
    749       1.1     skrll   /* Example of reloc being copied, for message.  */
    750       1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    751       1.1     skrll };
    752       1.1     skrll 
    753       1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash entry.  */
    754       1.1     skrll 
    755       1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry
    756       1.1     skrll {
    757       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    758       1.1     skrll 
    759       1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    760       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    761       1.1     skrll 
    762       1.1     skrll   /* The GOTPLT references are CRIS-specific; the goal is to avoid having
    763       1.1     skrll      both a general GOT and a PLT-specific GOT entry for the same symbol,
    764       1.1     skrll      when it is referenced both as a function and as a function pointer.
    765       1.1     skrll 
    766       1.1     skrll      Number of GOTPLT references for a function.  */
    767       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
    768       1.1     skrll 
    769       1.1     skrll   /* Actual GOTPLT index for this symbol, if applicable, or zero if not
    770   1.1.1.2  christos      (zero is never used as an index).  FIXME: We should be able to fold
    771   1.1.1.2  christos      this with gotplt_refcount in a union, like the got and plt unions in
    772   1.1.1.2  christos      elf_link_hash_entry.  */
    773   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type gotplt_offset;
    774   1.1.1.2  christos 
    775   1.1.1.2  christos   /* The root.got.refcount is the sum of the regular reference counts
    776   1.1.1.2  christos      (this) and those members below.  We have to keep a separate count
    777   1.1.1.2  christos      to track when we've found the first (or last) reference to a
    778   1.1.1.2  christos      regular got entry.  The offset is in root.got.offset.  */
    779   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma reg_got_refcount;
    780   1.1.1.2  christos 
    781   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    782   1.1.1.2  christos      symbols that need a R_CRIS_32_TPREL slot.  The offset is in
    783   1.1.1.2  christos      root.got.offset, because this and .dtp_refcount can't validly
    784   1.1.1.2  christos      happen when there's also a regular GOT entry; that's invalid
    785   1.1.1.2  christos      input for which an error is emitted.  */
    786   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma tprel_refcount;
    787   1.1.1.2  christos 
    788       1.1     skrll   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    789       1.1     skrll      symbols that need a R_CRIS_DTP slot.  The offset is in
    790   1.1.1.9  christos      root.got.offset; plus 4 if .tprel_refcount > 0.  */
    791   1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma dtp_refcount;
    792   1.1.1.3  christos };
    793   1.1.1.9  christos 
    794   1.1.1.3  christos static bool
    795   1.1.1.3  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    796   1.1.1.3  christos 				      void * );
    797   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    798   1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    799   1.1.1.2  christos 					  void *);
    800   1.1.1.2  christos 
    801   1.1.1.2  christos /* The local_got_refcounts and local_got_offsets are a multiple of
    802   1.1.1.2  christos    LSNUM in size, namely LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(LSNUM) (plus one for the
    803   1.1.1.2  christos    refcount for GOT itself, see code), with the summary / group offset
    804   1.1.1.2  christos    for local symbols located at offset N, reference counts for
    805   1.1.1.2  christos    ordinary (address) relocs at offset N + LSNUM, for R_CRIS_DTP
    806   1.1.1.2  christos    relocs at offset N + 2*LSNUM, and for R_CRIS_32_TPREL relocs at N +
    807   1.1.1.2  christos    3*LSNUM.  */
    808   1.1.1.2  christos 
    809   1.1.1.2  christos #define LGOT_REG_NDX(x) ((x) + symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    810       1.1     skrll #define LGOT_DTP_NDX(x) ((x) + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    811       1.1     skrll #define LGOT_TPREL_NDX(x) ((x) + 3 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    812       1.1     skrll #define LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(x) ((x) * 4)
    813       1.1     skrll 
    814       1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    815       1.1     skrll 
    816       1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_table
    817       1.1     skrll {
    818       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    819       1.1     skrll 
    820   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We can't use the PLT offset and calculate to get the GOTPLT offset,
    821   1.1.1.2  christos      since we try and avoid creating GOTPLT:s when there's already a GOT.
    822   1.1.1.2  christos      Instead, we keep and update the next available index here.  */
    823   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type next_gotplt_entry;
    824   1.1.1.2  christos 
    825   1.1.1.2  christos   /* The number of R_CRIS_32_DTPREL and R_CRIS_16_DTPREL that have
    826   1.1.1.2  christos      been seen for any input; if != 0, then the constant-offset
    827       1.1     skrll      R_CRIS_DTPMOD is needed for this DSO/executable.  This turns
    828       1.1     skrll      negative at relocation, so that we don't need an extra flag for
    829       1.1     skrll      when the reloc is output.  */
    830       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma dtpmod_refcount;
    831       1.1     skrll };
    832       1.1     skrll 
    833       1.1     skrll /* Traverse a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    834   1.1.1.9  christos 
    835       1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
    836       1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
    837       1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
    838       1.1     skrll     (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),		\
    839       1.1     skrll     (info)))
    840   1.1.1.9  christos 
    841   1.1.1.9  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    842   1.1.1.9  christos 
    843   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_cris_hash_table(p) \
    844   1.1.1.2  christos   ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)					\
    845   1.1.1.2  christos     && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == CRIS_ELF_DATA)		\
    846   1.1.1.2  christos    ? (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
    847   1.1.1.2  christos 
    848   1.1.1.2  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash entry from a regular hash entry (the
    849   1.1.1.2  christos    "parent class").  The .root reference is just a simple type
    850       1.1     skrll    check on the argument.  */
    851       1.1     skrll 
    852       1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_hash_entry(p) \
    853       1.1     skrll  ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) (&(p)->root))
    854   1.1.1.2  christos 
    855   1.1.1.2  christos /* Create an entry in a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    856   1.1.1.2  christos 
    857       1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    858       1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    859       1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    860       1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    861       1.1     skrll {
    862       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *ret =
    863       1.1     skrll     (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    864       1.1     skrll 
    865       1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    866       1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    867       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    868       1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    869       1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    870       1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry)));
    871       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    872       1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    873       1.1     skrll 
    874       1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    875       1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    876       1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
    877       1.1     skrll 				     table, string));
    878       1.1     skrll   if (ret != (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    879   1.1.1.2  christos     {
    880   1.1.1.2  christos       ret->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    881   1.1.1.2  christos       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
    882       1.1     skrll       ret->gotplt_offset = 0;
    883       1.1     skrll       ret->dtp_refcount = 0;
    884       1.1     skrll       ret->tprel_refcount = 0;
    885       1.1     skrll       ret->reg_got_refcount = 0;
    886       1.1     skrll     }
    887       1.1     skrll 
    888       1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    889       1.1     skrll }
    890   1.1.1.2  christos 
    891       1.1     skrll /* Create a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    892       1.1     skrll 
    893   1.1.1.9  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    894       1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    895   1.1.1.4  christos {
    896       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *ret;
    897       1.1     skrll   size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table);
    898       1.1     skrll 
    899       1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt));
    900       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    901  1.1.1.11  christos     return NULL;
    902       1.1     skrll 
    903       1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    904       1.1     skrll 				      elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc,
    905       1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry)))
    906       1.1     skrll     {
    907       1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    908       1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    909       1.1     skrll     }
    910       1.1     skrll 
    911       1.1     skrll   /* Initialize to skip over the first three entries in the gotplt; they
    912       1.1     skrll      are used for run-time symbol evaluation.  */
    913       1.1     skrll   ret->next_gotplt_entry = 12;
    914       1.1     skrll 
    915       1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    916       1.1     skrll }
    917       1.1     skrll 
    918   1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform a single relocation.  By default we use the standard BFD
    920   1.1.1.6  christos    routines, with a few tweaks.  */
    921   1.1.1.6  christos 
    922   1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    923   1.1.1.6  christos cris_final_link_relocate (reloc_howto_type *  howto,
    924       1.1     skrll 			  bfd *		      input_bfd,
    925       1.1     skrll 			  asection *	      input_section,
    926   1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_byte *	      contents,
    927       1.1     skrll 			  Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,
    928       1.1     skrll 			  bfd_vma	      relocation)
    929       1.1     skrll {
    930       1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
    931   1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
    932       1.1     skrll 
    933       1.1     skrll   /* PC-relative relocations are relative to the position *after*
    934       1.1     skrll      the reloc.  Note that for R_CRIS_8_PCREL the adjustment is
    935       1.1     skrll      not a single byte, since PC must be 16-bit-aligned.  */
    936       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    937       1.1     skrll     {
    938       1.1     skrll       /* Check that the 16-bit GOT relocs are positive.  */
    939       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
    940       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
    941       1.1     skrll       if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
    942       1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    943       1.1     skrll       break;
    944       1.1     skrll 
    945       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
    946       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
    947       1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    948       1.1     skrll       /* Fall through.  */
    949       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
    950       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
    951       1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    952       1.1     skrll       break;
    953       1.1     skrll 
    954       1.1     skrll     default:
    955       1.1     skrll       break;
    956       1.1     skrll     }
    957       1.1     skrll 
    958       1.1     skrll   r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
    959   1.1.1.2  christos 				contents, rel->r_offset,
    960   1.1.1.2  christos 				relocation, rel->r_addend);
    961   1.1.1.2  christos   return r;
    962   1.1.1.2  christos }
    963   1.1.1.2  christos 
    964   1.1.1.2  christos 
    966   1.1.1.2  christos /* The number of errors left before we stop outputting reloc-specific
    967       1.1     skrll    explanatory messages.  By coincidence, this works nicely together
    968       1.1     skrll    with the default number of messages you'll get from LD about
    969       1.1     skrll    "relocation truncated to fit" messages before you get an
    970   1.1.1.9  christos    "additional relocation overflows omitted from the output".  */
    971   1.1.1.2  christos static int additional_relocation_error_msg_count = 10;
    972   1.1.1.2  christos 
    973   1.1.1.2  christos /* Relocate an CRIS ELF section.  See elf32-fr30.c, from where this was
    974   1.1.1.2  christos    copied, for further comments.  */
    975   1.1.1.2  christos 
    976   1.1.1.2  christos static int
    977   1.1.1.2  christos cris_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    978   1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
    979       1.1     skrll 			   bfd *input_bfd,
    980   1.1.1.2  christos 			   asection *input_section,
    981       1.1     skrll 			   bfd_byte *contents,
    982       1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
    983       1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
    984       1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
    985       1.1     skrll {
    986       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
    987       1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
    988       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    989       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    990   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
    991   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot;
    992   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *splt;
    993   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sreloc;
    994   1.1.1.9  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    995       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
    996   1.1.1.6  christos   asection *srelgot;
    997       1.1     skrll 
    998       1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
    999       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   1000       1.1     skrll     return false;
   1001       1.1     skrll 
   1002       1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   1003       1.1     skrll   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   1004       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1005   1.1.1.2  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   1006       1.1     skrll   relend     = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   1007       1.1     skrll 
   1008       1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   1009   1.1.1.6  christos   splt = NULL;
   1010   1.1.1.6  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1011       1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   1012       1.1     skrll 
   1013       1.1     skrll   if (dynobj != NULL)
   1014       1.1     skrll     {
   1015       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   1016       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   1017       1.1     skrll     }
   1018       1.1     skrll 
   1019       1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel ++)
   1020       1.1     skrll     {
   1021       1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   1022       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1023   1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   1024   1.1.1.9  christos       asection *sec;
   1025       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   1026       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   1027       1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   1028       1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   1029       1.1     skrll       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   1030       1.1     skrll       bool resolved_to_zero;
   1031       1.1     skrll 
   1032       1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1033       1.1     skrll 
   1034       1.1     skrll       if (   r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT
   1035       1.1     skrll 	  || r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY)
   1036       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1037       1.1     skrll 
   1038       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   1039       1.1     skrll       howto  = cris_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   1040       1.1     skrll       h      = NULL;
   1041       1.1     skrll       sym    = NULL;
   1042       1.1     skrll       sec    = NULL;
   1043       1.1     skrll 
   1044       1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1045       1.1     skrll 	{
   1046       1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   1047   1.1.1.8  christos 	  sec = local_sections [r_symndx];
   1048       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   1049       1.1     skrll 
   1050       1.1     skrll 	  symname = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   1051   1.1.1.9  christos 		     (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   1052   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (symname == NULL)
   1053       1.1     skrll 	    symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
   1054       1.1     skrll 	}
   1055       1.1     skrll       else
   1056       1.1     skrll 	{
   1057   1.1.1.4  christos 	  bool warned, ignored;
   1058       1.1     skrll 	  bool unresolved_reloc;
   1059   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1060   1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   1061       1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   1062       1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   1063       1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   1064       1.1     skrll 
   1065       1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   1066       1.1     skrll 
   1067       1.1     skrll 	  if (unresolved_reloc
   1068       1.1     skrll 	      /* Perhaps we should detect the cases that
   1069       1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section is expected to be NULL like i386 and
   1070       1.1     skrll 		 m68k, but apparently (and according to elfxx-ia64.c) all
   1071       1.1     skrll 		 valid cases are where the symbol is defined in a shared
   1072       1.1     skrll 		 object which we link dynamically against.  This includes
   1073       1.1     skrll 		 PLT relocs for which we've created a PLT entry and other
   1074       1.1     skrll 		 relocs for which we're prepared to create dynamic
   1075       1.1     skrll 		 relocations.
   1076       1.1     skrll 
   1077       1.1     skrll 		 For now, new situations cause us to just err when
   1078       1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_offset is NULL but the object with the symbol
   1079       1.1     skrll 		 is *not* dynamically linked against.  Thus this will
   1080       1.1     skrll 		 automatically remind us so we can see if there are other
   1081       1.1     skrll 		 valid cases we need to revisit.  */
   1082       1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
   1083       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = 0;
   1084       1.1     skrll 
   1085       1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1086       1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1087       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1088       1.1     skrll 	      /* Here follow the cases where the relocation value must
   1089       1.1     skrll 		 be zero (or when further handling is simplified when
   1090       1.1     skrll 		 zero).  I can't claim to understand the various
   1091       1.1     skrll 		 conditions and they weren't described in the files
   1092       1.1     skrll 		 where I copied them from (elf32-m68k.c and
   1093       1.1     skrll 		 elf32-i386.c), but let's mention examples of where
   1094       1.1     skrll 		 they happen.  FIXME: Perhaps define and use a
   1095       1.1     skrll 		 dynamic_symbol_p function like ia64.
   1096       1.1     skrll 
   1097       1.1     skrll 		 - When creating a shared library, we can have an
   1098       1.1     skrll 		 ordinary relocation for a symbol defined in a shared
   1099       1.1     skrll 		 library (perhaps the one we create).  We then make
   1100   1.1.1.4  christos 		 the relocation value zero, as the value seen now will
   1101   1.1.1.4  christos 		 be added into the relocation addend in this shared
   1102       1.1     skrll 		 library, but must be handled only at dynamic-link
   1103       1.1     skrll 		 time.  FIXME: Not sure this example covers the
   1104       1.1     skrll 		 h->elf_link_hash_flags test, though it's there in
   1105       1.1     skrll 		 other targets.  */
   1106       1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1107       1.1     skrll 		  && ((!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) && h->dynindx != -1)
   1108       1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)
   1109       1.1     skrll 		  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1110       1.1     skrll 		  && (r_type == R_CRIS_8
   1111   1.1.1.4  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16
   1112   1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32
   1113   1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1114   1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1115   1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32_PCREL))
   1116       1.1     skrll 		relocation = 0;
   1117       1.1     skrll 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && unresolved_reloc
   1118   1.1.1.6  christos 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   1119   1.1.1.7  christos 						    input_section,
   1120       1.1     skrll 						    rel->r_offset)
   1121       1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   1122       1.1     skrll 		{
   1123       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1124       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1125   1.1.1.9  christos 		    (_("%pB, section %pA: unresolvable relocation %s against symbol `%s'"),
   1126       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1127       1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1128       1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1129       1.1     skrll 		     symname);
   1130   1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1131   1.1.1.2  christos 		  return false;
   1132   1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1133       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1134   1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   1135       1.1     skrll 
   1136       1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   1137   1.1.1.6  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   1138   1.1.1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   1139   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1140       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   1141       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1142       1.1     skrll 
   1143       1.1     skrll       resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
   1144       1.1     skrll 			  && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   1145       1.1     skrll 
   1146       1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   1147       1.1     skrll 	{
   1148       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   1149       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   1150       1.1     skrll 	  /* This is like the case for R_CRIS_32_GOT and R_CRIS_16_GOT,
   1151       1.1     skrll 	     but we require a PLT, and the PLT handling will take care of
   1152   1.1.1.6  christos 	     filling in the PLT-specific GOT entry.  For the GOT offset,
   1153       1.1     skrll 	     calculate it as we do when filling it in for the .got.plt
   1154       1.1     skrll 	     section.  If we don't have a PLT, punt to GOT handling.  */
   1155       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1156       1.1     skrll 	      && ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset != 0)
   1157       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1158       1.1     skrll 	      asection *sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   1159       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma got_offset;
   1160       1.1     skrll 
   1161       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1162       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1163       1.1     skrll 
   1164       1.1     skrll 	      got_offset
   1165       1.1     skrll 		= ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset;
   1166       1.1     skrll 
   1167       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = got_offset;
   1168       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1169       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1170       1.1     skrll 
   1171       1.1     skrll 	  /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  Maybe everything is
   1172       1.1     skrll 	     folded into the GOT.  Other than folding, this happens when
   1173       1.1     skrll 	     statically linking PIC code, or when using -Bsymbolic.  Check
   1174       1.1     skrll 	     that we instead have a GOT entry as done for us by
   1175       1.1     skrll 	     elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol, and drop through into the
   1176   1.1.1.4  christos 	     ordinary GOT cases.  This must not happen for the
   1177       1.1     skrll 	     executable, because any reference it does to a function
   1178       1.1     skrll 	     that is satisfied by a DSO must generate a PLT.  We assume
   1179       1.1     skrll 	     these call-specific relocs don't address non-functions.  */
   1180       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1181   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && (h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1182       1.1     skrll 		  || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1183   1.1.1.6  christos 		      && !(h->def_regular
   1184   1.1.1.7  christos 			   || (!h->def_dynamic
   1185       1.1     skrll 			       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))))
   1186   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1187   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1188       1.1     skrll 		((h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1189       1.1     skrll 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1190       1.1     skrll 		 ? _("%pB, section %pA: no PLT nor GOT for relocation %s"
   1191       1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'")
   1192       1.1     skrll 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1193       1.1     skrll 		 : _("%pB, section %pA: no PLT for relocation %s"
   1194       1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'"),
   1195       1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1196       1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1197       1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1198       1.1     skrll 		 (symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1199   1.1.1.9  christos 		  ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]")));
   1200       1.1     skrll 
   1201       1.1     skrll 	      /* FIXME: Perhaps blaming input is not the right thing to
   1202       1.1     skrll 		 do; this is probably an internal error.  But it is true
   1203       1.1     skrll 		 that we didn't like that particular input.  */
   1204       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1205       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   1206       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1207       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1208       1.1     skrll 
   1209       1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of the actual relocation is not used here; we only
   1210       1.1     skrll 	     fill in the GOT table here.  */
   1211       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   1212       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   1213       1.1     skrll 	  {
   1214       1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   1215       1.1     skrll 
   1216       1.1     skrll 	    /* Note that despite using RELA relocations, the .got contents
   1217       1.1     skrll 	       is always filled in with the link-relative relocation
   1218       1.1     skrll 	       value; the addend.  */
   1219       1.1     skrll 
   1220   1.1.1.4  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   1221       1.1     skrll 	      {
   1222       1.1     skrll 		off = h->got.offset;
   1223       1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1224   1.1.1.4  christos 
   1225   1.1.1.4  christos 		if (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1226       1.1     skrll 		    || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   1227       1.1     skrll 			&& (h->def_regular
   1228   1.1.1.4  christos 			    || h->type == STT_FUNC
   1229       1.1     skrll 			    || h->needs_plt))
   1230       1.1     skrll 		    || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1231       1.1     skrll 			&& (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) || h->dynindx == -1)
   1232       1.1     skrll 			&& h->def_regular))
   1233   1.1.1.4  christos 		  {
   1234       1.1     skrll 		    /* This wasn't checked above for ! bfd_link_pic (info), but
   1235       1.1     skrll 		       must hold there if we get here; the symbol must
   1236       1.1     skrll 		       be defined in the regular program or be undefweak
   1237       1.1     skrll 		       or be a function or otherwise need a PLT.  */
   1238       1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1239       1.1     skrll 				|| bfd_link_pic (info)
   1240       1.1     skrll 				|| h->def_regular
   1241       1.1     skrll 				|| h->type == STT_FUNC
   1242       1.1     skrll 				|| h->needs_plt
   1243       1.1     skrll 				|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
   1244       1.1     skrll 
   1245       1.1     skrll 		    /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   1246       1.1     skrll 		       -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined locally,
   1247       1.1     skrll 		       or is undefweak, or the symbol was forced to be
   1248       1.1     skrll 		       local because of a version file, or we're not
   1249       1.1     skrll 		       creating a dynamic object.  We must initialize this
   1250       1.1     skrll 		       entry in the global offset table.  Since the offset
   1251       1.1     skrll 		       must always be a multiple of 4, we use the least
   1252       1.1     skrll 		       significant bit to record whether we have
   1253       1.1     skrll 		       initialized it already.
   1254       1.1     skrll 
   1255       1.1     skrll 		       If this GOT entry should be runtime-initialized, we
   1256       1.1     skrll 		       will create a .rela.got relocation entry to
   1257       1.1     skrll 		       initialize the value.  This is done in the
   1258       1.1     skrll 		       finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   1259       1.1     skrll 		    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1260       1.1     skrll 		      off &= ~1;
   1261       1.1     skrll 		    else
   1262       1.1     skrll 		      {
   1263       1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   1264       1.1     skrll 				    sgot->contents + off);
   1265       1.1     skrll 			h->got.offset |= 1;
   1266       1.1     skrll 		      }
   1267       1.1     skrll 		  }
   1268       1.1     skrll 	      }
   1269       1.1     skrll 	    else
   1270       1.1     skrll 	      {
   1271       1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   1272       1.1     skrll 			    && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1273       1.1     skrll 
   1274       1.1     skrll 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1275       1.1     skrll 
   1276       1.1     skrll 		/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   1277       1.1     skrll 		   the least significant bit to record whether we have
   1278       1.1     skrll 		   already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   1279   1.1.1.4  christos 		if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1280       1.1     skrll 		  off &= ~1;
   1281       1.1     skrll 		else
   1282       1.1     skrll 		  {
   1283       1.1     skrll 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1284   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1285   1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1286       1.1     skrll 		      {
   1287       1.1     skrll 			Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1288       1.1     skrll 			bfd_byte *loc;
   1289       1.1     skrll 
   1290       1.1     skrll 			srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1291       1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1292   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1293   1.1.1.2  christos 			outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1294       1.1     skrll 					   + sgot->output_offset
   1295       1.1     skrll 					   + off);
   1296       1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1297       1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1298       1.1     skrll 			loc = srelgot->contents;
   1299       1.1     skrll 			loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1300       1.1     skrll 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1301       1.1     skrll 		      }
   1302       1.1     skrll 
   1303       1.1     skrll 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1304       1.1     skrll 		  }
   1305       1.1     skrll 	      }
   1306       1.1     skrll 
   1307       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   1308       1.1     skrll 	    if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1309   1.1.1.6  christos 	      {
   1310   1.1.1.6  christos 		/* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against
   1311   1.1.1.7  christos 		   a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds relocations for
   1312   1.1.1.7  christos 		   symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't
   1313       1.1     skrll 		   allowed to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1314       1.1     skrll 		if (h == NULL)
   1315       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1316   1.1.1.7  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1317       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s with non-zero addend"
   1318   1.1.1.6  christos 		       " %" PRId64 " against local symbol"),
   1319   1.1.1.6  christos 		     input_bfd,
   1320   1.1.1.7  christos 		     input_section,
   1321   1.1.1.7  christos 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1322       1.1     skrll 		     (int64_t) rel->r_addend);
   1323       1.1     skrll 		else
   1324       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1325   1.1.1.7  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1326       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s with non-zero addend"
   1327       1.1     skrll 		       " %" PRId64 " against symbol `%s'"),
   1328       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1329   1.1.1.9  christos 		     input_section,
   1330       1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1331       1.1     skrll 		     (int64_t) rel->r_addend,
   1332       1.1     skrll 		     symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1333       1.1     skrll 
   1334       1.1     skrll 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1335       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   1336       1.1     skrll 	      }
   1337       1.1     skrll 	  }
   1338       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1339       1.1     skrll 
   1340   1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   1341       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local symbols.
   1342       1.1     skrll 	     It's also ok when we link a program and the symbol is either
   1343       1.1     skrll 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object or is undefined weak.  */
   1344       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1345   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1346   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && !(!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1347   1.1.1.7  christos 		   && (h->def_regular
   1348       1.1     skrll 		       || (!h->def_dynamic
   1349       1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   1350       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1351       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1352       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1353       1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s is"
   1354   1.1.1.9  christos 		   " not allowed for global symbol: `%s'"),
   1355       1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1356       1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1357       1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1358       1.1     skrll 		 symname);
   1359       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1360       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   1361       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1362   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1363   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* This can happen if we get a link error with the input ELF
   1364   1.1.1.7  christos 	     variant mismatching the output variant.  Emit an error so
   1365       1.1     skrll 	     it's noticed if it happens elsewhere.  */
   1366       1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   1367       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1368       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1369   1.1.1.9  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1370       1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s with no GOT created"),
   1371       1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1372       1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1373       1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   1374       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1375       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   1376       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1377       1.1     skrll 
   1378       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation is like a PC-relative one, except the
   1379       1.1     skrll 	     reference point is the location of GOT.  Note that
   1380       1.1     skrll 	     sgot->output_offset is not involved in this calculation.  We
   1381       1.1     skrll 	     always want the start of entire .got section, not the
   1382       1.1     skrll 	     position after the reserved header.  */
   1383       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1384       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1385       1.1     skrll 
   1386       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   1387       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   1388       1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   1389       1.1     skrll 
   1390       1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_PCREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1391       1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1392       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1393       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1394       1.1     skrll 
   1395       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1396       1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1397       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1398       1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1399       1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1400       1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1401       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1402       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1403       1.1     skrll 
   1404       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1405       1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1406       1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   1407       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1408       1.1     skrll 
   1409       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   1410       1.1     skrll 	  /* Like R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, but the reference point is the
   1411       1.1     skrll 	     start of the .got section.  See also comment at
   1412       1.1     skrll 	     R_CRIS_32_GOT.  */
   1413       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1414       1.1     skrll 
   1415       1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_GOTREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1416       1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1417       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1418       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1419       1.1     skrll 
   1420       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1421       1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1422       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1423       1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1424       1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1425       1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1426       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1427       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1428       1.1     skrll 
   1429       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1430       1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1431       1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset
   1432       1.1     skrll 			- sgot->output_section->vma);
   1433   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1434   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1435       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   1436       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   1437       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   1438       1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol was local, we need no shlib-specific handling.  */
   1439       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1440       1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   1441   1.1.1.4  christos 	    break;
   1442   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1443   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1444       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8:
   1445       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16:
   1446       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32:
   1447       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1448   1.1.1.4  christos 	      && !resolved_to_zero
   1449   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   1450       1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1451       1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1452       1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1453   1.1.1.9  christos 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_32_PCREL)
   1454       1.1     skrll 		  || (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   1455       1.1     skrll 		      || (h != NULL && !h->def_regular))))
   1456       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1457       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1458       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   1459       1.1     skrll 	      bool skip, relocate;
   1460       1.1     skrll 
   1461   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   1462   1.1.1.9  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   1463   1.1.1.2  christos 		 time.  */
   1464   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1465       1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1466       1.1     skrll 		{
   1467       1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   1468       1.1     skrll 		    (dynobj, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
   1469   1.1.1.9  christos 		  /* The section should have been created in cris_elf_check_relocs,
   1470       1.1     skrll 		     but that function will not be called for objects which fail in
   1471       1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data.  */
   1472       1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1473   1.1.1.9  christos 		    {
   1474   1.1.1.9  christos 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1475       1.1     skrll 		      return false;
   1476       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1477       1.1     skrll 		}
   1478       1.1     skrll 
   1479       1.1     skrll 	      skip = false;
   1480   1.1.1.9  christos 	      relocate = false;
   1481   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1482   1.1.1.2  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   1483   1.1.1.2  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   1484   1.1.1.2  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   1485   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1486   1.1.1.2  christos 		skip = true;
   1487   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2
   1488   1.1.1.2  christos 		       /* For now, undefined weak symbols with non-default
   1489   1.1.1.2  christos 			  visibility (yielding 0), like exception info for
   1490   1.1.1.2  christos 			  discarded sections, will get a R_CRIS_NONE
   1491   1.1.1.9  christos 			  relocation rather than no relocation, because we
   1492       1.1     skrll 			  notice too late that the symbol doesn't need a
   1493       1.1     skrll 			  relocation.  */
   1494       1.1     skrll 		       || (h != NULL
   1495       1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   1496       1.1     skrll 			   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT))
   1497       1.1     skrll 		skip = true, relocate = true;
   1498       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   1499       1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   1500   1.1.1.4  christos 
   1501       1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   1502       1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   1503       1.1     skrll 	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if the symbol was marked to
   1504       1.1     skrll 		 become local.  */
   1505       1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   1506       1.1     skrll 		       && ((!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) && h->dynindx != -1)
   1507       1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   1508       1.1     skrll 		{
   1509       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1510       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   1511       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1512       1.1     skrll 		}
   1513   1.1.1.9  christos 	      else
   1514       1.1     skrll 		{
   1515       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1516       1.1     skrll 
   1517       1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_CRIS_32)
   1518       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1519       1.1     skrll 		      relocate = true;
   1520       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1521       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1522       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1523       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1524       1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   1525   1.1.1.9  christos 
   1526       1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   1527       1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   1528       1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   1529       1.1     skrll 			{
   1530       1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1531       1.1     skrll 			  return false;
   1532       1.1     skrll 			}
   1533       1.1     skrll 		      else
   1534       1.1     skrll 			{
   1535       1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   1536       1.1     skrll 
   1537       1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   1538       1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   1539       1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   1540       1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   1541       1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   1542       1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   1543       1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1544       1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   1545       1.1     skrll 			    {
   1546       1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
   1547       1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1548       1.1     skrll 			    }
   1549       1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   1550       1.1     skrll 			}
   1551       1.1     skrll 
   1552       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   1553       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1554       1.1     skrll 		}
   1555   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1556   1.1.1.6  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   1557       1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1558       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1559       1.1     skrll 
   1560       1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   1561       1.1     skrll 		 need to do anything now, except for R_CRIS_32 relocations
   1562   1.1.1.2  christos 		 that have been turned into R_CRIS_RELATIVE.  */
   1563   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!relocate)
   1564   1.1.1.2  christos 		continue;
   1565   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1566   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1567   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1568   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1569   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   1570   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   1571   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local
   1572   1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbols, or to sections that are not loadable.  It's also
   1573   1.1.1.4  christos 	     ok when we link a program and the symbol is defined in an
   1574   1.1.1.2  christos 	     ordinary (non-DSO) object (if it's undefined there, we've
   1575   1.1.1.2  christos 	     already seen an error).  */
   1576   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1577   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1578   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1579   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1580   1.1.1.6  christos 		  || (!h->def_regular
   1581   1.1.1.7  christos 		      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   1582   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1583   1.1.1.6  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1584   1.1.1.7  christos 		((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1585   1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* We shouldn't get here for GCC-emitted code.  */
   1586   1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1587   1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? _("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s has an undefined"
   1588   1.1.1.2  christos 		     " reference to `%s', perhaps a declaration mixup?")
   1589   1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1590   1.1.1.2  christos 		 : _("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s is"
   1591   1.1.1.2  christos 		     " not allowed for `%s', a global symbol with default"
   1592   1.1.1.2  christos 		     " visibility, perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1593   1.1.1.9  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1594   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1595   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1596   1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1597   1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1598   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1599   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1600   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1601   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1602   1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   1603   1.1.1.2  christos 		      || htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0);
   1604   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1605   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fill in a R_CRIS_DTPMOD reloc at offset 3 if we haven't
   1606   1.1.1.2  christos 	     already done so.  Note that we do this in .got.plt, not
   1607   1.1.1.6  christos 	     in .got, as .got.plt contains the first part, still the
   1608   1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc is against .got, because the linker script directs
   1609   1.1.1.2  christos 	     (is required to direct) them both into .got.  */
   1610   1.1.1.4  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount > 0
   1611   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1612   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1613   1.1.1.2  christos 	      asection *sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   1614   1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1615   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1616   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1617   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1618   1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1619   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1620   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1621   1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1622   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1623   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1624   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1625   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1626   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1627   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1628   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   1629   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgotplt->output_offset
   1630   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + 12);
   1631   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTPMOD);
   1632   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = 0;
   1633   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1634   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1635   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1636   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1637   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* For an executable, the GOT entry contents is known.  */
   1638   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 1, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1639   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1640   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1641   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1642   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Reverse the sign to mark that we've emitted the
   1643   1.1.1.2  christos 		 required GOT entry.  */
   1644   1.1.1.2  christos 	      htab->dtpmod_refcount = - htab->dtpmod_refcount;
   1645   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1646   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1647   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The relocation is the offset from the start of the module
   1648   1.1.1.4  christos 	     TLS block to the (local) symbol.  */
   1649   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1650   1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1651   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1652   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1653   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   1654   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1655   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1656   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1657   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1658   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1659   1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1660   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1661   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1662   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1663   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1664   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   1665   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   1666   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1667   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1668   1.1.1.7  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against a
   1669   1.1.1.7  christos 		 symbol *plus offset*.  The GOT holds relocations for
   1670   1.1.1.2  christos 		 symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't allowed
   1671   1.1.1.2  christos 		 to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1672   1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1673   1.1.1.7  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1674   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s with non-zero addend"
   1675   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " %" PRId64 " against symbol `%s'"),
   1676   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1677   1.1.1.9  christos 		 input_section,
   1678   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1679   1.1.1.2  christos 		 (int64_t) rel->r_addend,
   1680   1.1.1.4  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1681   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1682   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1683   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1684   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1685   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1686   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1687   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1688   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1689   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1690   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1691   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1692   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1693   1.1.1.2  christos 		 (1, known_tpoffset) into the GOT.  */
   1694   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1695   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1696   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1697   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1698   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1699   1.1.1.2  christos 		    ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1700   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1701   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1702   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1703   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1704   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1705   1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1706   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1707   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1708   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use bit 1 of the offset as a flag for GOT entry with
   1709   1.1.1.2  christos 		 the R_CRIS_DTP reloc, setting it when we've emitted the
   1710   1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entry and reloc.  Bit 0 is used for R_CRIS_32_TPREL
   1711   1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocs.  */
   1712   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1713   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1714   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1715   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1716   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1717   1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1718   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1719   1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1720   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1721   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + off);
   1722   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1723   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1724   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1725   1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1726   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1727   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1728   1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1729   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1730   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1731   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1732   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Not all parts of the GOT entry are known; emit a real
   1733   1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocation.  */
   1734   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1735   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1736   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1737   1.1.1.2  christos 		off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1738   1.1.1.2  christos 		  ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1739   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1740   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1741   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1742   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1743   1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1744   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1745   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1746   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re bit 1 and bit 0 usage.  */
   1747   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1748   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1749   1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1750   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1751   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1752   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1753   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1754   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1755   1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1756   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1757   1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1758   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1759   1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Clear the target contents of the GOT (just as a
   1760   1.1.1.2  christos 		     gesture; it's already cleared on allocation): this
   1761   1.1.1.2  christos 		     relocation is not like the other dynrelocs.  */
   1762   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off);
   1763   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1764   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1765   1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1766   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1767   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1768   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1769   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1770   1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1771   1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1772   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1773   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1774   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1775   1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1776   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1777   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1778   1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1779   1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1780   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1781   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1782   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1783   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1784   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1785   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1786   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1787   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1788   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1789   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1790   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1791   1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1792   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1793   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1794   1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1795   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1796   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1797   1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1798   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1799   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1800   1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the
   1801   1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation, or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of
   1802   1.1.1.2  christos 	     the GOT entry.  */
   1803   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1804   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1805   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   1806   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1807   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1808   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1809   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1810   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1811   1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1812   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1813   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1814   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1815   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1816   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   1817   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   1818   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1819   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1820   1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is
   1821   1.1.1.7  christos 		 against a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds
   1822   1.1.1.7  christos 		 relocations for symbols.  Make this an error; the
   1823   1.1.1.2  christos 		 compiler isn't allowed to pass us these kinds of
   1824   1.1.1.2  christos 		 things.  */
   1825   1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1826   1.1.1.7  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1827   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s with non-zero addend"
   1828   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " %" PRId64 " against symbol `%s'"),
   1829   1.1.1.9  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1830   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1831   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1832   1.1.1.4  christos 		 (int64_t) rel->r_addend,
   1833   1.1.1.3  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1834   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1835   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1836   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1837   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1838   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1839   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1840   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1841   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1842   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1843   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1844   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1845   1.1.1.2  christos 		 the -prog_tls_size+known_tpoffset into the GOT.  */
   1846   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1847   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size;
   1848   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1849   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1850   1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1851   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1852   1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1853   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1854   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Bit 0 is used to mark whether we've emitted the required
   1855   1.1.1.2  christos 		 entry (and if needed R_CRIS_32_TPREL reloc).  Bit 1
   1856   1.1.1.2  christos 		 is used similarly for R_CRIS_DTP, see above.  */
   1857   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1858   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1859   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1860   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1861   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1862   1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1863   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1864   1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1865   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1866   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1867   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1868   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1869   1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1870   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1871   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1872   1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1873   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1874   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1875   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1876   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Emit a real relocation.  */
   1877   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1878   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1879   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1880   1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1881   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1882   1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1883   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1884   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re usage of bit 0 and 1.  */
   1885   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1886   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1887   1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1888   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1889   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1890   1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1891   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1892   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1893   1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1894   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1895   1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1896   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1897   1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1898   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1899   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1900   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1901   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1902   1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1903   1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1904   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1905   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1906   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1907   1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1908   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1909   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1910   1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1911   1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1912   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1913   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1914   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Just "define" the initial contents in some
   1915   1.1.1.2  christos 		     semi-logical way.  */
   1916   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1917   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1918   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1919   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1920   1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1921   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1922   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1923   1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1924   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1925   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1926   1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1927   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1928   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1929   1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1930   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1931   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1932   1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1933   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1934   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1935   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the relocation,
   1936   1.1.1.2  christos 	     or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of the GOT entry.  */
   1937   1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   1938   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1939   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   1940   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   1941   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against symbols
   1942   1.1.1.2  christos 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object.  */
   1943   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1944   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1945   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1946   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1947   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1948   1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1949   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1950   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1951   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1952   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1953   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1954   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && !(h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
   1955   1.1.1.7  christos 	      /* If it's undefined, then an error message has already
   1956   1.1.1.2  christos 		 been emitted.  */
   1957   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1958   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1959   1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1960   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1961   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s is"
   1962   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " not allowed for symbol: `%s'"
   1963   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " which is defined outside the program,"
   1964   1.1.1.9  christos 		   " perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1965   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1966   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1967   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1968   1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname);
   1969   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1970   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   1971   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1972   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1973   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1974   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1975   1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0
   1976   1.1.1.2  christos 	    : (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   1977   1.1.1.2  christos 	       + elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size);
   1978   1.1.1.9  christos 
   1979       1.1     skrll 	  /* The TLS-relative offset is the relocation.  */
   1980       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1981       1.1     skrll 
   1982       1.1     skrll 	default:
   1983       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_FAIL ();
   1984       1.1     skrll 	  return false;
   1985       1.1     skrll 	}
   1986       1.1     skrll 
   1987       1.1     skrll       r = cris_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   1988       1.1     skrll 				     contents, rel, relocation);
   1989       1.1     skrll 
   1990       1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   1991   1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   1992       1.1     skrll 	  const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
   1993       1.1     skrll 
   1994   1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (r)
   1995   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1996   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   1997   1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   1998   1.1.1.2  christos 		(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), symname, howto->name,
   1999   1.1.1.2  christos 		 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   2000   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (additional_relocation_error_msg_count > 0)
   2001   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   2002   1.1.1.2  christos 		  additional_relocation_error_msg_count--;
   2003   1.1.1.2  christos 		  switch (r_type)
   2004   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   2005   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   2006   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   2007   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2008   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Not just TLS is involved here, so we make
   2009   1.1.1.2  christos 			 generation and message depend on -fPIC/-fpic
   2010   1.1.1.2  christos 			 only.  */
   2011   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   2012   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   2013   1.1.1.2  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   2014   1.1.1.6  christos 			(_("(too many global variables for -fpic:"
   2015   1.1.1.2  christos 			   " recompile with -fPIC)"));
   2016   1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2017   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2018   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   2019   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   2020   1.1.1.2  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   2021   1.1.1.2  christos 			(_("(thread-local data too big for -fpic or"
   2022   1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -msmall-tls: recompile with -fPIC or"
   2023   1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -mno-small-tls)"));
   2024   1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2025       1.1     skrll 
   2026       1.1     skrll 		      /* No known cause for overflow for other relocs.  */
   2027       1.1     skrll 		    default:
   2028   1.1.1.5  christos 		      break;
   2029   1.1.1.9  christos 		    }
   2030       1.1     skrll 		}
   2031       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2032       1.1     skrll 
   2033       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_undefined:
   2034       1.1     skrll 	      (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
   2035       1.1     skrll 		(info, symname, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, true);
   2036       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2037       1.1     skrll 
   2038       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   2039       1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: out of range error");
   2040       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2041       1.1     skrll 
   2042       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   2043       1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
   2044       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2045       1.1     skrll 
   2046       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   2047       1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: dangerous relocation");
   2048       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2049       1.1     skrll 
   2050   1.1.1.5  christos 	    default:
   2051   1.1.1.5  christos 	      msg = _("internal error: unknown error");
   2052       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2053       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2054       1.1     skrll 
   2055   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (msg)
   2056       1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, msg, symname, input_bfd,
   2057       1.1     skrll 					 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   2058       1.1     skrll 	}
   2059       1.1     skrll     }
   2060       1.1     skrll 
   2061   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   2062   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2063   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2064   1.1.1.2  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   2066       1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   2067   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2068       1.1     skrll static bool
   2069       1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   2070       1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2071       1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2072       1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2073       1.1     skrll {
   2074       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2075       1.1     skrll 
   2076       1.1     skrll   /* Where in the plt entry to put values.  */
   2077       1.1     skrll   int plt_off1 = 2, plt_off2 = 10, plt_off3 = 16;
   2078       1.1     skrll 
   2079       1.1     skrll   /* What offset to add to the distance to the first PLT entry for the
   2080       1.1     skrll      value at plt_off3.   */
   2081       1.1     skrll   int plt_off3_value_bias = 4;
   2082       1.1     skrll 
   2083   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Where in the PLT entry the call-dynlink-stub is (happens to be same
   2084   1.1.1.2  christos      for PIC and non-PIC for v32 and pre-v32).  */
   2085       1.1     skrll   int plt_stub_offset = 8;
   2086       1.1     skrll   int plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2087       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry;
   2088       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry;
   2089       1.1     skrll 
   2090       1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2091       1.1     skrll 
   2092       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the various PLT entry offsets.  */
   2093       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2094       1.1     skrll     {
   2095       1.1     skrll       plt_off2 = 14;
   2096       1.1     skrll       plt_off3 = 20;
   2097       1.1     skrll       plt_off3_value_bias = -2;
   2098       1.1     skrll       plt_stub_offset = 12;
   2099       1.1     skrll       plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2100       1.1     skrll       plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry_v32;
   2101       1.1     skrll       plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32;
   2102       1.1     skrll     }
   2103       1.1     skrll 
   2104       1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   2105   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2106       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2107       1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   2108   1.1.1.9  christos       asection *srela;
   2109       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_base;
   2110   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2111   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma gotplt_offset
   2112   1.1.1.2  christos 	= elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_offset;
   2113   1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2114   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   2115   1.1.1.2  christos       bool has_gotplt = gotplt_offset != 0;
   2116   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2117   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Get the index in the .rela.plt relocations for the .got.plt
   2118   1.1.1.2  christos 	 entry that corresponds to this symbol.
   2119   1.1.1.2  christos 	 We have to count backwards here, and the result is only valid
   2120   1.1.1.2  christos 	 as an index into .rela.plt.  We also have to undo the effect
   2121   1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at .got index 3 (offset 12 into
   2122   1.1.1.2  christos 	 .got.plt) for which gotplt_offset is adjusted, because while
   2123       1.1     skrll 	 that entry goes into .got.plt, its relocation goes into
   2124       1.1     skrll 	 .rela.got, not .rela.plt.  (It's not PLT-specific; not to be
   2125       1.1     skrll 	 processed as part of the runtime lazy .rela.plt relocation).
   2126       1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: There be literal constants here...  */
   2127       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma rela_plt_index
   2128       1.1     skrll 	= (htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   2129       1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset/4 - 2 - 3 : gotplt_offset/4 - 3);
   2130       1.1     skrll 
   2131       1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that corresponds
   2132   1.1.1.2  christos 	 to this function.  Note that we embed knowledge that "incoming"
   2133       1.1     skrll 	 .got goes after .got.plt in the output without padding (pointer
   2134       1.1     skrll 	 aligned).  However, that knowledge is present in several other
   2135       1.1     skrll 	 places too.  */
   2136       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset
   2137       1.1     skrll 	= (has_gotplt
   2138       1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset
   2139   1.1.1.6  christos 	   : h->got.offset + htab->next_gotplt_entry);
   2140   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2141   1.1.1.6  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set it
   2142       1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   2143       1.1     skrll 
   2144       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   2145       1.1     skrll 
   2146       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   2147       1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2148   1.1.1.4  christos       srela = htab->root.srelplt;
   2149       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL
   2150       1.1     skrll 		  && (! has_gotplt || srela != NULL));
   2151       1.1     skrll 
   2152       1.1     skrll       got_base = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   2153       1.1     skrll 
   2154       1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2155       1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2156       1.1     skrll 	{
   2157       1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_entry,
   2158       1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2159       1.1     skrll 
   2160       1.1     skrll 	  /* We need to enter the absolute address of the GOT entry here.  */
   2161       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_base + got_offset,
   2162       1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2163       1.1     skrll 	}
   2164       1.1     skrll       else
   2165       1.1     skrll 	{
   2166       1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_pic_entry,
   2167       1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2168       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
   2169       1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2170       1.1     skrll 	}
   2171   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2172       1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the plt entry and make a relocation, if this is a "real"
   2173       1.1     skrll 	 PLT entry.  */
   2174       1.1     skrll       if (has_gotplt)
   2175       1.1     skrll 	{
   2176       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the reloc table.  */
   2177       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2178       1.1     skrll 		      rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   2179       1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off2);
   2180       1.1     skrll 
   2181       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the first PLT entry, where to "jump".  */
   2182       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2183       1.1     skrll 		      - (h->plt.offset + plt_off3 + plt_off3_value_bias),
   2184       1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off3);
   2185       1.1     skrll 
   2186       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table with the address of
   2187       1.1     skrll 	     the relocating stub.  */
   2188       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2189       1.1     skrll 		      (splt->output_section->vma
   2190       1.1     skrll 		       + splt->output_offset
   2191       1.1     skrll 		       + h->plt.offset
   2192       1.1     skrll 		       + plt_stub_offset),
   2193       1.1     skrll 		      sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   2194   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2195       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2196       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   2197       1.1     skrll 			   + sgotplt->output_offset
   2198       1.1     skrll 			   + got_offset);
   2199       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT);
   2200       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2201       1.1     skrll 	  loc = srela->contents + rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2202       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2203       1.1     skrll 	}
   2204       1.1     skrll 
   2205       1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   2206       1.1     skrll 	{
   2207       1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   2208       1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   2209       1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   2210       1.1     skrll 
   2211       1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: From elf32-sparc.c 2001-02-19 (1.18).  I still don't
   2212       1.1     skrll 	     know whether resetting the value is significant; if it really
   2213       1.1     skrll 	     is, rather than a quirk or bug in the sparc port, then I
   2214       1.1     skrll 	     believe we'd see this elsewhere.  */
   2215       1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   2216       1.1     skrll 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   2217       1.1     skrll 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   2218       1.1     skrll 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   2219       1.1     skrll 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   2220       1.1     skrll 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   2221       1.1     skrll 	}
   2222       1.1     skrll     }
   2223   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2224   1.1.1.4  christos   /* For an ordinary program, we emit .got relocs only for symbols that
   2225       1.1     skrll      are in the dynamic-symbols table and are either defined by the
   2226       1.1     skrll      program or are undefined weak symbols, or are function symbols
   2227       1.1     skrll      where we do not output a PLT: the PLT reloc was output above and all
   2228       1.1     skrll      references to the function symbol are redirected to the PLT.  */
   2229       1.1     skrll   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   2230       1.1     skrll       && (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2231       1.1     skrll       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2232       1.1     skrll 	  || (h->dynindx != -1
   2233       1.1     skrll 	      && h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   2234       1.1     skrll 	      && !h->def_regular
   2235       1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
   2236       1.1     skrll     {
   2237       1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   2238   1.1.1.6  christos       asection *srela;
   2239   1.1.1.6  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2240       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2241       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *where;
   2242       1.1     skrll 
   2243       1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it up.  */
   2244       1.1     skrll 
   2245       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   2246       1.1     skrll       srela = htab->root.srelgot;
   2247       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   2248       1.1     skrll 
   2249       1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   2250       1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   2251       1.1     skrll 		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   2252       1.1     skrll 
   2253   1.1.1.4  christos       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   2254   1.1.1.4  christos 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   2255       1.1     skrll 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   2256       1.1     skrll 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   2257       1.1     skrll 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   2258       1.1     skrll       where = sgot->contents + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1);
   2259       1.1     skrll       if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   2260       1.1     skrll 	  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2261       1.1     skrll 	      && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) || h->dynindx == -1)
   2262       1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular))
   2263       1.1     skrll 	{
   2264       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   2265       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd, where);
   2266       1.1     skrll 	}
   2267       1.1     skrll       else
   2268       1.1     skrll 	{
   2269       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, where);
   2270       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT);
   2271       1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2272       1.1     skrll 	}
   2273       1.1     skrll 
   2274       1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents;
   2275       1.1     skrll       loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2276       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2277       1.1     skrll     }
   2278       1.1     skrll 
   2279       1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   2280       1.1     skrll     {
   2281       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2282       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2283       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2284   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2285   1.1.1.6  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   2286   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2287   1.1.1.6  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   2288       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2289       1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   2290       1.1     skrll 
   2291       1.1     skrll       if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->root.sdynrelro)
   2292       1.1     skrll 	s = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
   2293       1.1     skrll       else
   2294       1.1     skrll 	s = htab->root.srelbss;
   2295       1.1     skrll 
   2296       1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   2297       1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   2298       1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   2299   1.1.1.4  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_COPY);
   2300       1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   2301       1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2302       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2303   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   2304       1.1     skrll 
   2305       1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   2306   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
   2307   1.1.1.2  christos       || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
   2308   1.1.1.2  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   2309       1.1     skrll 
   2310   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   2311   1.1.1.3  christos }
   2312   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2313       1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  Do *not* emit relocs here, as their
   2315       1.1     skrll    offsets were changed, as part of -z combreloc handling, from those we
   2316       1.1     skrll    computed.  */
   2317       1.1     skrll 
   2318       1.1     skrll static bool
   2319       1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2320   1.1.1.6  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2321       1.1     skrll {
   2322   1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2323       1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2324       1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   2325       1.1     skrll 
   2326       1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2327       1.1     skrll 
   2328       1.1     skrll   sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   2329   1.1.1.6  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2330       1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   2331       1.1     skrll 
   2332       1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2333       1.1     skrll     {
   2334       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2335       1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   2336       1.1     skrll 
   2337       1.1     skrll       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   2338       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   2339       1.1     skrll 
   2340       1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   2341       1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   2342       1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   2343       1.1     skrll 	{
   2344       1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   2345       1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   2346       1.1     skrll 
   2347   1.1.1.5  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   2348       1.1     skrll 
   2349       1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   2350       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2351       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2352       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2353       1.1     skrll 
   2354   1.1.1.6  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   2355   1.1.1.5  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset;
   2356   1.1.1.5  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2357       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2358       1.1     skrll 
   2359       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   2360       1.1     skrll 	      /* Yes, we *can* have a .plt and no .plt.rela, for instance
   2361   1.1.1.6  christos 		 if all symbols are found in the .got (not .got.plt).  */
   2362       1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   2363       1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s != NULL ? (s->output_section->vma
   2364       1.1     skrll 					    + s->output_offset) : 0;
   2365       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2366       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2367       1.1     skrll 
   2368       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   2369       1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   2370       1.1     skrll 	      if (s == NULL)
   2371       1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
   2372       1.1     skrll 	      else
   2373       1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   2374       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2375       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2376   1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   2377       1.1     skrll 	}
   2378       1.1     skrll 
   2379       1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2380       1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   2381       1.1     skrll 	{
   2382       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2383       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2384       1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2385       1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32,
   2386       1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2387       1.1     skrll 	      else
   2388       1.1     skrll 		{
   2389       1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32,
   2390       1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2391       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2392       1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2393       1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2394   1.1.1.4  christos 			      splt->contents + 4);
   2395       1.1     skrll 
   2396       1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2397       1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2398       1.1     skrll 		}
   2399       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2400       1.1     skrll 	  else
   2401       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2402       1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2403       1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry,
   2404       1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2405       1.1     skrll 	      else
   2406       1.1     skrll 		{
   2407       1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry,
   2408       1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2409       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2410       1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2411       1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2412       1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 6);
   2413   1.1.1.6  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2414       1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2415       1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 8,
   2416       1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 14);
   2417       1.1     skrll 
   2418       1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2419       1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2420       1.1     skrll 		}
   2421       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2422       1.1     skrll 	}
   2423       1.1     skrll     }
   2424       1.1     skrll 
   2425       1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   2426       1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   2427       1.1     skrll     {
   2428       1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   2429       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   2430       1.1     skrll       else
   2431       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2432   1.1.1.9  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   2433       1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   2434       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   2435       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   2436       1.1     skrll     }
   2437       1.1     skrll 
   2438       1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   2439       1.1     skrll 
   2440       1.1     skrll   return true;
   2441       1.1     skrll }
   2442       1.1     skrll 
   2443       1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2445   1.1.1.2  christos    relocation.  */
   2446       1.1     skrll 
   2447   1.1.1.2  christos static asection *
   2448       1.1     skrll cris_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2449       1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2450       1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2451       1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2452   1.1.1.2  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2453   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2454   1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2455       1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2456       1.1     skrll     switch (r_type)
   2457       1.1     skrll       {
   2458       1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2459       1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2460   1.1.1.2  christos 	return NULL;
   2461   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2462   1.1.1.2  christos       default:
   2463   1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   2464   1.1.1.3  christos       }
   2465   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2466   1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2467   1.1.1.3  christos }
   2468   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2469   1.1.1.3  christos /* The elf_backend_plt_sym_val hook function.  */
   2470   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2471   1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2472   1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *plt,
   2473   1.1.1.3  christos 		      const arelent *rel)
   2474   1.1.1.3  christos {
   2475   1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2476   1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type pltoffs;
   2477   1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *abfd = plt->owner;
   2478   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2479   1.1.1.3  christos   /* Same for CRIS and CRIS v32; see elf_cris_(|pic_)plt_entry(|_v32)[].  */
   2480   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_got_offset = 2;
   2481   1.1.1.8  christos   bfd_size_type plt_sec_size;
   2482   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type got_vma_for_dyn;
   2483   1.1.1.3  christos   asection *got;
   2484   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2485   1.1.1.2  christos   /* FIXME: the .got section should be readily available also when
   2486   1.1.1.3  christos      we're not linking.  */
   2487   1.1.1.3  christos   if ((got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got")) == NULL)
   2488   1.1.1.3  christos     return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2489   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2490   1.1.1.3  christos   plt_sec_size =  bfd_section_size (plt);
   2491   1.1.1.3  christos   plt_entry_size
   2492   1.1.1.3  christos     = (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2493   1.1.1.3  christos        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2494   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2495   1.1.1.3  christos   /* Data in PLT is GOT-relative for DYN, but absolute for EXE.  */
   2496   1.1.1.3  christos   got_vma_for_dyn = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? 0 : got->vma;
   2497   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2498   1.1.1.3  christos   /* Because we can have merged GOT entries; a single .got entry for
   2499   1.1.1.3  christos      both GOT and the PLT part of the GOT (.got.plt), the index of the
   2500   1.1.1.3  christos      reloc in .rela.plt is not the same as the index in the PLT.
   2501   1.1.1.3  christos      Instead, we have to hunt down the GOT offset in the PLT that
   2502   1.1.1.3  christos      corresponds to that of this reloc.  Unfortunately, we will only
   2503   1.1.1.3  christos      be called for the .rela.plt relocs, so we'll miss synthetic
   2504   1.1.1.3  christos      symbols for .plt entries with merged GOT entries.  (FIXME:
   2505   1.1.1.3  christos      fixable by providing our own bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab.
   2506   1.1.1.3  christos      Doesn't seem worthwile at time of this writing.)  FIXME: we've
   2507   1.1.1.4  christos      gone from O(1) to O(N) (N number of PLT entries) for finding each
   2508   1.1.1.3  christos      PLT address.  Shouldn't matter in practice though.  */
   2509   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2510   1.1.1.3  christos   for (pltoffs = plt_entry_size;
   2511   1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs < plt_sec_size;
   2512   1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs += plt_entry_size)
   2513   1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2514   1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_size_type got_offset;
   2515   1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_byte gotoffs_raw[4];
   2516   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2517   1.1.1.3  christos       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, gotoffs_raw,
   2518   1.1.1.3  christos 				     pltoffs + plt_entry_got_offset,
   2519   1.1.1.3  christos 				     sizeof (gotoffs_raw)))
   2520   1.1.1.3  christos 	return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2521   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2522   1.1.1.2  christos       got_offset = bfd_get_32 (abfd, gotoffs_raw);
   2523       1.1     skrll       if (got_offset + got_vma_for_dyn == rel->address)
   2524       1.1     skrll 	return plt->vma + pltoffs;
   2525       1.1     skrll     }
   2526       1.1     skrll 
   2527  1.1.1.11  christos   /* While it's tempting to BFD_ASSERT that we shouldn't get here,
   2528       1.1     skrll      that'd not be graceful behavior for invalid input.  */
   2529       1.1     skrll   return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2530   1.1.1.9  christos }
   2531   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2532       1.1     skrll /* Make sure we emit a GOT entry if the symbol was supposed to have a PLT
   2533       1.1     skrll    entry but we found we will not create any.  Called when we find we will
   2534       1.1     skrll    not have any PLT for this symbol, by for example
   2535   1.1.1.3  christos    elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol when we're doing a proper dynamic link,
   2536   1.1.1.6  christos    or elf_cris_late_size_sections if no dynamic sections will be
   2537   1.1.1.3  christos    created (we're only linking static objects).  */
   2538   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2539   1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   2540       1.1     skrll elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2541       1.1     skrll {
   2542       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2543   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2544       1.1     skrll   /* A GOTPLT reloc, when activated, is supposed to be included into
   2545   1.1.1.2  christos      the PLT refcount, when the symbol isn't set-or-forced local.  */
   2546       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount == 0
   2547   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.plt.refcount == -1
   2548   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2549       1.1     skrll 
   2550       1.1     skrll   /* If nobody wanted a GOTPLT with this symbol, we're done.  */
   2551   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->gotplt_refcount <= 0)
   2552       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2553       1.1     skrll 
   2554       1.1     skrll   if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2555       1.1     skrll     {
   2556       1.1     skrll       /* There's a GOT entry for this symbol.  Just adjust the refcounts.
   2557       1.1     skrll 	 Probably not necessary at this stage, but keeping them accurate
   2558       1.1     skrll 	 helps avoiding surprises later.  */
   2559       1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2560   1.1.1.6  christos       h->reg_got_refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2561   1.1.1.6  christos       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2562       1.1     skrll     }
   2563   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   2564   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   2565   1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT entry for this symbol.  We need to create one.  */
   2566   1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sgot;
   2567       1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   2568       1.1     skrll 
   2569       1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   2570       1.1     skrll       srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   2571       1.1     skrll 
   2572       1.1     skrll       /* Put accurate refcounts there.  */
   2573       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->root.got.refcount >= 0);
   2574       1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2575       1.1     skrll       h->reg_got_refcount = h->gotplt_refcount;
   2576       1.1     skrll 
   2577       1.1     skrll       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2578       1.1     skrll 
   2579       1.1     skrll       /* We always have a .got and a .rela.got section if there were
   2580       1.1     skrll 	 GOTPLT relocs in input.  */
   2581   1.1.1.9  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   2582       1.1     skrll 
   2583       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   2584       1.1     skrll       sgot->size += 4;
   2585       1.1     skrll 
   2586       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   2587       1.1     skrll       srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2588       1.1     skrll     }
   2589       1.1     skrll 
   2590       1.1     skrll   return true;
   2591       1.1     skrll }
   2592       1.1     skrll 
   2593       1.1     skrll /* Try to fold PLT entries with GOT entries.  There are two cases when we
   2594       1.1     skrll    want to do this:
   2595       1.1     skrll 
   2596       1.1     skrll    - When all PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2597       1.1     skrll      references, and this is not the executable.  We don't have to
   2598       1.1     skrll      generate a PLT at all.
   2599       1.1     skrll 
   2600       1.1     skrll    - When there are both (ordinary) PLT references and GOT references,
   2601       1.1     skrll      and this isn't the executable.
   2602       1.1     skrll      We want to make the PLT reference use the ordinary GOT entry rather
   2603       1.1     skrll      than R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT, a run-time dynamically resolved GOTPLT entry,
   2604       1.1     skrll      since the GOT entry will have to be resolved at startup anyway.
   2605       1.1     skrll 
   2606       1.1     skrll    Though the latter case is handled when room for the PLT is allocated,
   2607       1.1     skrll    not here.
   2608   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2609   1.1.1.3  christos    By folding into the GOT, we may need a round-trip to a PLT in the
   2610       1.1     skrll    executable for calls, a loss in performance.  Still, losing a
   2611       1.1     skrll    reloc is a win in size and at least in start-up time.
   2612       1.1     skrll 
   2613       1.1     skrll    Note that this function is called before symbols are forced local by
   2614       1.1     skrll    version scripts.  The differing cases are handled by
   2615       1.1     skrll    elf_cris_hide_symbol.  */
   2616       1.1     skrll 
   2617   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
   2618       1.1     skrll elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2619       1.1     skrll {
   2620       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2621       1.1     skrll 
   2622       1.1     skrll   /* If there are no GOT references for this symbol, we can't fold any
   2623       1.1     skrll      other reference so there's nothing to do.  Likewise if there are no
   2624       1.1     skrll      PLT references; GOTPLT references included.  */
   2625       1.1     skrll   if (h->root.got.refcount <= 0 || h->root.plt.refcount <= 0)
   2626       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2627   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2628       1.1     skrll   /* GOTPLT relocs are supposed to be included into the PLT refcount.  */
   2629       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2630       1.1     skrll 
   2631       1.1     skrll   if (h->gotplt_refcount == h->root.plt.refcount)
   2632       1.1     skrll     {
   2633   1.1.1.9  christos       /* The only PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2634       1.1     skrll 	 references.  Convert PLT to GOT references.  */
   2635       1.1     skrll       if (! elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (h, info))
   2636       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   2637       1.1     skrll 
   2638       1.1     skrll       /* Clear the PLT references, so no PLT will be created.  */
   2639       1.1     skrll       h->root.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2640       1.1     skrll     }
   2641   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2642   1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   2643   1.1.1.9  christos }
   2644       1.1     skrll 
   2645       1.1     skrll /* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can adjust a GOTPLT reloc
   2646       1.1     skrll    to use a GOT entry (and create one) rather than requiring a GOTPLT
   2647       1.1     skrll    entry.  */
   2648       1.1     skrll 
   2649       1.1     skrll static void
   2650       1.1     skrll elf_cris_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2651       1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2652       1.1     skrll 		      bool force_local)
   2653       1.1     skrll {
   2654       1.1     skrll   elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h, info);
   2655       1.1     skrll 
   2656   1.1.1.9  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local);
   2657   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2658   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2659       1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2660   1.1.1.2  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2661       1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2662       1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2663   1.1.1.6  christos    understand.  */
   2664       1.1     skrll 
   2665       1.1     skrll static bool
   2666   1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2667   1.1.1.2  christos 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2668   1.1.1.9  christos {
   2669   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2670   1.1.1.6  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2671       1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2672       1.1     skrll   asection *srel;
   2673       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2674       1.1     skrll 
   2675   1.1.1.6  christos   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2676       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2677       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2678       1.1     skrll 
   2679       1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2680       1.1     skrll 
   2681       1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2682       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   2683       1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2684       1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2685       1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2686       1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2687       1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2688       1.1     skrll 
   2689       1.1     skrll   plt_entry_size
   2690       1.1     skrll     = (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2691       1.1     skrll        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2692       1.1     skrll 
   2693       1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2694       1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2695       1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2696   1.1.1.4  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2697       1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2698       1.1     skrll     {
   2699       1.1     skrll       /* If we link a program (not a DSO), we'll get rid of unnecessary
   2700       1.1     skrll 	 PLT entries; we point to the actual symbols -- even for pic
   2701       1.1     skrll 	 relocs, because a program built with -fpic should have the same
   2702       1.1     skrll 	 result as one built without -fpic, specifically considering weak
   2703       1.1     skrll 	 symbols.
   2704       1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: m68k and i386 differ here, for unclear reasons.  */
   2705       1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   2706       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_dynamic)
   2707       1.1     skrll 	{
   2708       1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input file,
   2709       1.1     skrll 	     but the symbol was not defined by a dynamic object.  In such
   2710       1.1     skrll 	     a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure linkage
   2711       1.1     skrll 	     table, and we can just do an absolute or PC reloc instead, or
   2712       1.1     skrll 	     change a .got.plt index to a .got index for GOTPLT relocs.  */
   2713       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->needs_plt);
   2714       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2715       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2716       1.1     skrll 	  return
   2717       1.1     skrll 	    elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct
   2718   1.1.1.4  christos 					    elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h,
   2719       1.1     skrll 					   info);
   2720       1.1     skrll 	}
   2721   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2722       1.1     skrll       /* If we had a R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT that didn't have to point to a PLT;
   2723       1.1     skrll 	 where a pointer-equivalent symbol was unimportant (i.e. more
   2724       1.1     skrll 	 like R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT after symbol evaluation) we could get rid
   2725       1.1     skrll 	 of the PLT.  We can't for the executable, because the GOT
   2726       1.1     skrll 	 entries will point to the PLT there (and be constant).  */
   2727       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2728   1.1.1.9  christos 	  && !elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry*)
   2729       1.1     skrll 					    h, info))
   2730       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   2731       1.1     skrll 
   2732       1.1     skrll       /* GC or folding may have rendered this entry unused.  */
   2733       1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
   2734       1.1     skrll 	{
   2735   1.1.1.9  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2736       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2737       1.1     skrll 	  return true;
   2738   1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2739       1.1     skrll 
   2740       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2741       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1)
   2742       1.1     skrll 	{
   2743       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2744       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   2745       1.1     skrll 	}
   2746       1.1     skrll 
   2747       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.splt;
   2748       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2749   1.1.1.4  christos 
   2750       1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2751       1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   2752       1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2753       1.1     skrll 	s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2754       1.1     skrll 
   2755       1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2756       1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2757       1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  */
   2758       1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   2759       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   2760       1.1     skrll 	{
   2761       1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2762   1.1.1.4  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   2763       1.1     skrll 	}
   2764       1.1     skrll 
   2765       1.1     skrll       /* If there's already a GOT entry, use that, not a .got.plt.  A
   2766       1.1     skrll 	 GOT field still has a reference count when we get here; it's
   2767       1.1     skrll 	 not yet changed to an offset.  We can't do this for an
   2768       1.1     skrll 	 executable, because then the reloc associated with the PLT
   2769       1.1     skrll 	 would get a non-PLT reloc pointing to the PLT.  FIXME: Move
   2770       1.1     skrll 	 this to elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got.  */
   2771       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h->got.refcount > 0)
   2772       1.1     skrll 	{
   2773       1.1     skrll 	  h->got.refcount += h->plt.refcount;
   2774       1.1     skrll 
   2775       1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the PLT offset to use the GOT entry by setting the low
   2776       1.1     skrll 	     bit in the plt offset; it is always a multiple of
   2777       1.1     skrll 	     plt_entry_size (which is at least a multiple of 2).  */
   2778       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT ((s->size % plt_entry_size) == 0);
   2779       1.1     skrll 
   2780       1.1     skrll 	  /* Change the PLT refcount to an offset.  */
   2781       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2782   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2783       1.1     skrll 	  /* By not setting gotplt_offset (i.e. it remains at 0), we signal
   2784       1.1     skrll 	     that the got entry should be used instead.  */
   2785       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
   2786       1.1     skrll 		       h)->gotplt_offset == 0);
   2787       1.1     skrll 
   2788       1.1     skrll 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2789       1.1     skrll 	  s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2790       1.1     skrll 
   2791       1.1     skrll 	  return true;
   2792       1.1     skrll 	}
   2793       1.1     skrll 
   2794   1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT reference for this symbol; prepare for an ordinary PLT.  */
   2795   1.1.1.2  christos       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2796       1.1     skrll 
   2797   1.1.1.6  christos       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2798       1.1     skrll       s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2799       1.1     skrll 
   2800       1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2801       1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2802       1.1     skrll       ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset
   2803   1.1.1.6  christos 	= htab->next_gotplt_entry;
   2804       1.1     skrll       htab->next_gotplt_entry += 4;
   2805       1.1     skrll 
   2806       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2807   1.1.1.9  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2808       1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   2809       1.1     skrll 
   2810       1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2811       1.1     skrll 
   2812       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelplt;
   2813       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2814       1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2815       1.1     skrll 
   2816       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2817   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   2818       1.1     skrll 
   2819   1.1.1.6  christos   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   2820   1.1.1.6  christos      count any more.  */
   2821   1.1.1.6  christos   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2822   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2823   1.1.1.9  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2824       1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2825       1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2826       1.1     skrll   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2827       1.1     skrll     {
   2828       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2829       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2830       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2831       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2832       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2833   1.1.1.4  christos     }
   2834   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2835       1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2836       1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2837       1.1     skrll 
   2838       1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2839   1.1.1.9  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2840       1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2841       1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2842       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2843       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2844       1.1     skrll 
   2845       1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2846       1.1     skrll      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2847       1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2848       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2849       1.1     skrll 
   2850       1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2851       1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2852       1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2853       1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2854       1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2855   1.1.1.6  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2856   1.1.1.6  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2857   1.1.1.6  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2858   1.1.1.6  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2859   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2860   1.1.1.6  christos   /* We must generate a R_CRIS_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2861   1.1.1.6  christos      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2862   1.1.1.6  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2863   1.1.1.6  christos      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2864   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2865   1.1.1.6  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2866   1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2867       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sdynrelro;
   2868       1.1     skrll       srel = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
   2869       1.1     skrll     }
   2870       1.1     skrll   else
   2871       1.1     skrll     {
   2872       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sdynbss;
   2873   1.1.1.6  christos       srel = htab->root.srelbss;
   2874   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   2875   1.1.1.4  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2876       1.1     skrll     {
   2877       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2878   1.1.1.2  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2879   1.1.1.2  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2880   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2881   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2882   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2883   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2884   1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2885   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2886   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2887   1.1.1.2  christos /* Adjust our "subclass" elements for an indirect symbol.  */
   2888   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2889   1.1.1.2  christos static void
   2890   1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2891   1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   2892   1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   2893   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2894   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   2895   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2896   1.1.1.2  christos   edir = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   2897   1.1.1.2  christos   eind = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   2898   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2899   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Only indirect symbols are replaced; we're not interested in
   2900   1.1.1.2  christos      updating any of EIND's fields for other symbols.  */
   2901   1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2902   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2903   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Still, we need to copy flags for e.g. weak definitions.  */
   2904   1.1.1.2  christos       _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   2905   1.1.1.2  christos       return;
   2906   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2907   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2908   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (edir->gotplt_offset == 0 || eind->gotplt_offset == 0);
   2909   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2910   1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVOPZ(F, OP, Z) edir->F OP eind->F; eind->F = Z
   2911   1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVE(F) XMOVOPZ (F, +=, 0)
   2912   1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   2913   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2914   1.1.1.2  christos       if (edir->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   2915   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2916   1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied **pp;
   2917   1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2918   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2919   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   2920   1.1.1.2  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   2921   1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->pcrel_relocs_copied; *pp != NULL;)
   2922   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   2923   1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *q;
   2924   1.1.1.2  christos 	      p = *pp;
   2925   1.1.1.2  christos 	      for (q = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   2926   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (q->section == p->section)
   2927   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   2928   1.1.1.2  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   2929   1.1.1.2  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   2930   1.1.1.2  christos 		    break;
   2931   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   2932   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   2933   1.1.1.2  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   2934   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   2935   1.1.1.2  christos 	  *pp = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2936   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2937   1.1.1.2  christos       XMOVOPZ (pcrel_relocs_copied, =, NULL);
   2938   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2939   1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_refcount);
   2940   1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_offset);
   2941       1.1     skrll   XMOVE (reg_got_refcount);
   2942       1.1     skrll   XMOVE (tprel_refcount);
   2943   1.1.1.9  christos   XMOVE (dtp_refcount);
   2944   1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVE
   2945   1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVOPZ
   2946   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2947   1.1.1.2  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   2948       1.1     skrll }
   2949   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2950       1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.  */
   2951       1.1     skrll 
   2952       1.1     skrll static bool
   2953       1.1     skrll cris_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2954       1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2955       1.1     skrll 		       asection *sec,
   2956       1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2957       1.1     skrll {
   2958       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2959       1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2960   1.1.1.4  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2961   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2962       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   2963   1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2964   1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2965   1.1.1.9  christos   asection *sgot;
   2966   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *srelgot;
   2967       1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2968       1.1     skrll 
   2969       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2970       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2971       1.1     skrll 
   2972       1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2973       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2974       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2975       1.1     skrll 
   2976       1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2977       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2978       1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2979       1.1     skrll   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   2980       1.1     skrll 
   2981       1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   2982   1.1.1.2  christos   srelgot = NULL;
   2983   1.1.1.2  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   2984       1.1     skrll 
   2985       1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2986       1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2987   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2988   1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2989   1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2990   1.1.1.2  christos       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   2991       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma got_element_size = 4;
   2992       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx_lgot = INT_MAX;
   2993       1.1     skrll 
   2994       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2995       1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2996       1.1     skrll 	{
   2997       1.1     skrll 	  h = NULL;
   2998       1.1     skrll 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_REG_NDX (r_symndx);
   2999       1.1     skrll 	}
   3000       1.1     skrll       else
   3001       1.1     skrll 	{
   3002       1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3003       1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3004       1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3005   1.1.1.2  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3006   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3007   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3008   1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3009   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3010   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Some relocs require linker-created sections; we need to hang them
   3011   1.1.1.2  christos 	 on the first input bfd we found that contained dynamic relocs.  */
   3012   1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3013   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3014   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3015   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3016   1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* This'd be a .dtpreld entry in e.g. debug info.  We have
   3017   1.1.1.2  christos 	       several different switch statements below, but none of
   3018   1.1.1.2  christos 	       that is needed; we need no preparations for resolving
   3019   1.1.1.2  christos 	       R_CRIS_32_DTPREL into a non-allocated section (debug
   3020   1.1.1.2  christos 	       info), so let's just move on to the next
   3021   1.1.1.2  christos 	       relocation.  */
   3022   1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3023   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3024   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3025   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The first .got.plt entry is right after the R_CRIS_DTPMOD
   3026   1.1.1.2  christos 	     entry at index 3. */
   3027   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount == 0)
   3028   1.1.1.2  christos 	    htab->next_gotplt_entry += 8;
   3029   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3030       1.1     skrll 	  htab->dtpmod_refcount++;
   3031       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3032       1.1     skrll 
   3033       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3034       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3035       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3036       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3037       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3038       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3039       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3040       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3041       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3042       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3043       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3044       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3045       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3046   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   3047   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3048   1.1.1.7  christos 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   3049       1.1     skrll 
   3050       1.1     skrll 	      /* We could handle this if we can get a handle on the
   3051   1.1.1.9  christos 		 output bfd in elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  Failing
   3052       1.1     skrll 		 that, we must insist on dynobj being a specific mach.  */
   3053   1.1.1.4  christos 	      if (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   3054       1.1     skrll 		{
   3055   1.1.1.4  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3056   1.1.1.4  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3057   1.1.1.4  christos 		    (_("%pB, section %pA: v10/v32 compatible object"
   3058   1.1.1.4  christos 		       " must not contain a PIC relocation"),
   3059   1.1.1.4  christos 		     abfd, sec);
   3060   1.1.1.4  christos 		  return false;
   3061   1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   3062       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3063   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3064   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   3065   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3066   1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* We may have a dynobj but no .got section, if machine-
   3067   1.1.1.4  christos 		 independent parts of the linker found a reason to create
   3068   1.1.1.2  christos 		 a dynobj.  We want to create the .got section now, so we
   3069   1.1.1.2  christos 		 can assume it's always present whenever there's a dynobj.
   3070   1.1.1.2  christos 		 It's ok to call this function more than once.  */
   3071   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   3072   1.1.1.2  christos 		return false;
   3073   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3074   1.1.1.2  christos 	      sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3075   1.1.1.2  christos 	      srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3076   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3077   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3078   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3079   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3080   1.1.1.9  christos 	      bfd_size_type amt;
   3081   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3082   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use index local_got_refcounts[-1] to count all
   3083   1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT-relative relocations that do not have explicit
   3084   1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entries.  */
   3085       1.1     skrll 	      amt = LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR (symtab_hdr->sh_info) + 1;
   3086       1.1     skrll 	      amt *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   3087       1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt));
   3088       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3089       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   3090       1.1     skrll 
   3091   1.1.1.2  christos 	      local_got_refcounts++;
   3092   1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   3093   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3094   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3095   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3096   1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3097   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3098   1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   3099       1.1     skrll 
   3100   1.1.1.6  christos       /* Warn and error for invalid input.  */
   3101   1.1.1.6  christos       switch (r_type)
   3102   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
   3103   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3104   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3105   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3106   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3107   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3108   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3109   1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3110   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3111   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB, section %pA:\n  relocation %s not valid"
   3112   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " in a shared object;"
   3113   1.1.1.2  christos 		   " typically an option mixup, recompile with -fPIC"),
   3114   1.1.1.2  christos 		 abfd,
   3115       1.1     skrll 		 sec,
   3116   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3117   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Don't return FALSE here; we want messages for all of
   3118   1.1.1.2  christos 		 these and the error behavior is ungraceful
   3119   1.1.1.2  christos 		 anyway.  */
   3120   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3121   1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3122   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3123   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3124   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3125       1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3126   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3127   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3128   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3129   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3130   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These are requests for tls_index entries, run-time R_CRIS_DTP.  */
   3131   1.1.1.2  christos 	  got_element_size = 8;
   3132   1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_DTP_NDX (r_symndx);
   3133   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3134   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3135   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3136   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3137   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These two just request for the constant-index
   3138   1.1.1.2  christos 	     module-local tls_index-sized GOT entry, which we add
   3139   1.1.1.2  christos 	     elsewhere.  */
   3140   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3141   1.1.1.4  christos 
   3142   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3143       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3144       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3145   1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx);
   3146   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3147   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Those relocs also require that a DSO is of type
   3148   1.1.1.2  christos 	     Initial Exec.  Like other targets, we don't reset this
   3149       1.1     skrll 	     flag even if the relocs are GC:ed away.  */
   3150       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3151       1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   3152       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3153       1.1     skrll 
   3154   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* Let's list the other assembler-generated TLS-relocs too,
   3155       1.1     skrll 	     just to show that they're not forgotten. */
   3156       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3157       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3158       1.1     skrll 	default:
   3159       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3160       1.1     skrll 	}
   3161       1.1     skrll 
   3162   1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3163       1.1     skrll 	{
   3164       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3165       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3166       1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark that we need a GOT entry if the PLT entry (and its GOT
   3167       1.1     skrll 	     entry) is eliminated.  We can only do this for a non-local
   3168       1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   3169   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3170   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3171   1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_refcount++;
   3172   1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto handle_gotplt_reloc;
   3173   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3174   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If h is NULL then this is a local symbol, and we must make a
   3175       1.1     skrll 	     GOT entry for it, so handle it like a GOT reloc.  */
   3176       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3177       1.1     skrll 
   3178       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3179       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3180       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3181       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3182       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3183       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3184       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3185       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3186   1.1.1.9  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   3187       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3188       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3189   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h->got.refcount == 0)
   3190   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3191       1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3192   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3193   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3194   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3195   1.1.1.2  christos 			return false;
   3196   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3197   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3198   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3199   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the sum of reloc counts for this symbol.  */
   3200   1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->got.refcount++;
   3201   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3202   1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   3203   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3204   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3205   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3206   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount == 0)
   3207   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3208   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3209   1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3210   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3211   1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3212   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3213   1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount++;
   3214   1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3215   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3216   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3217   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3218   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3219   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount == 0)
   3220   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3221   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3222   1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3223   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3224   1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3225   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3226   1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount++;
   3227   1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3228   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3229   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3230   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3231   1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3232   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount == 0)
   3233   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3234   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3235   1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3236   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3237       1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3238       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3239       1.1     skrll 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount++;
   3240       1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3241   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3242       1.1     skrll 		default:
   3243   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_FAIL ();
   3244   1.1.1.4  christos 		  break;
   3245       1.1     skrll 		}
   3246   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3247   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3248   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3249   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   3250       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot] == 0)
   3251       1.1     skrll 		{
   3252       1.1     skrll 		  sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3253   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3254   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3255   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* If we are generating a shared object, we need
   3256   1.1.1.2  christos 			 to output a R_CRIS_RELATIVE reloc so that the
   3257       1.1     skrll 			 dynamic linker can adjust this GOT entry.
   3258       1.1     skrll 			 Similarly for non-regular got entries.  */
   3259       1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3260       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3261   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3262   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the reloc-specific count.  */
   3263       1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot]++;
   3264       1.1     skrll 
   3265       1.1     skrll 	      /* This one is the sum of all the others.  */
   3266       1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]++;
   3267       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3268       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3269       1.1     skrll 
   3270       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3271       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3272       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3273       1.1     skrll 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.
   3274       1.1     skrll 	     FIXME: The actual refcount isn't used currently; the .got
   3275       1.1     skrll 	     section can't be removed if there were any references in the
   3276       1.1     skrll 	     input.  */
   3277       1.1     skrll 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3278       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3279       1.1     skrll 
   3280       1.1     skrll 	handle_gotplt_reloc:
   3281   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3282   1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3283   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.  */
   3284   1.1.1.6  christos 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3285       1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3286       1.1     skrll 
   3287       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3288       1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   3289       1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   3290       1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   3291       1.1     skrll 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   3292       1.1     skrll 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   3293       1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   3294       1.1     skrll 
   3295       1.1     skrll 	  /* Beware: if we'd check for visibility of the symbol here
   3296   1.1.1.6  christos 	     (and not marking the need for a PLT when non-visible), we'd
   3297   1.1.1.6  christos 	     get into trouble with keeping handling consistent with
   3298   1.1.1.6  christos 	     regards to relocs found before definition and GOTPLT
   3299   1.1.1.6  christos 	     handling.  Eliminable PLT entries will be dealt with later
   3300       1.1     skrll 	     anyway.  */
   3301       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3302       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   3303       1.1     skrll 
   3304       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   3305       1.1     skrll 
   3306   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is forced local, the refcount is unavailable.  */
   3307   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h->plt.refcount != -1)
   3308   1.1.1.2  christos 	    h->plt.refcount++;
   3309   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3310   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3311   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_8:
   3312   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16:
   3313   1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_CRIS_32:
   3314       1.1     skrll 	  /* Let's help debug shared library creation.  Any of these
   3315       1.1     skrll 	     relocs *can* be used in shared libs, but pages containing
   3316       1.1     skrll 	     them cannot be shared, so they're not appropriate for
   3317       1.1     skrll 	     common use.  Don't warn for sections we don't care about,
   3318   1.1.1.6  christos 	     such as debug sections or non-constant sections.  We
   3319   1.1.1.6  christos 	     can't help tables of (global) function pointers, for
   3320   1.1.1.7  christos 	     example, though they must be emitted in a (writable) data
   3321       1.1     skrll 	     section to avoid having impure text sections.  */
   3322       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3323       1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3324       1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3325       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3326   1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3327   1.1.1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3328   1.1.1.3  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3329   1.1.1.3  christos 		(_("%pB, section %pA: relocation %s should not"
   3330   1.1.1.3  christos 		   " be used in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3331   1.1.1.3  christos 		 abfd,
   3332   1.1.1.2  christos 		 sec,
   3333   1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3334   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3335   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3336   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3337   1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3338   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3339   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3340   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3341   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3342   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3343   1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3344   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3345   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3346   1.1.1.2  christos 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3347   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3348   1.1.1.2  christos 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3349   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3350   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3351   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3352   1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3353   1.1.1.2  christos 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3354   1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3355   1.1.1.2  christos 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3356   1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3357   1.1.1.2  christos 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3358   1.1.1.6  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3359   1.1.1.9  christos 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3360   1.1.1.2  christos 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3361   1.1.1.2  christos 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3362   1.1.1.2  christos 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3363   1.1.1.2  christos 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3364   1.1.1.2  christos 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3365   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3366   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3367   1.1.1.9  christos 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3368   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || (h != NULL && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
   3369   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3370   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3371   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3372   1.1.1.2  christos 	     for this reloc.  */
   3373   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3374   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3375   1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3376   1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   3377   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3378       1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3379       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   3380       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3381       1.1     skrll 
   3382       1.1     skrll 	  if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY)
   3383       1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3384       1.1     skrll 
   3385       1.1     skrll 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3386       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3387       1.1     skrll 
   3388       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   3389       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   3390       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   3391       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3392       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3393       1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3394       1.1     skrll 
   3395       1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3396       1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3397       1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3398       1.1     skrll 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3399       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3400       1.1     skrll 
   3401       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3402       1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3403       1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3404       1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3405       1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3406       1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3407       1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3408   1.1.1.4  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3409       1.1     skrll 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3410       1.1     skrll 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3411       1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3412       1.1     skrll 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3413       1.1     skrll 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3414       1.1     skrll 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3415       1.1     skrll 
   3416   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3417   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3418   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3419   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3420       1.1     skrll 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3421   1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3422   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3423   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3424   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3425   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is local, then we know already we can
   3426   1.1.1.4  christos 	     eliminate the reloc.  */
   3427   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   3428   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3429   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3430       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is with -Bsymbolic and the symbol isn't weak, and
   3431   1.1.1.2  christos 	     is defined by an ordinary object (the ones we include in
   3432   1.1.1.2  christos 	     this shared library) then we can also eliminate the
   3433       1.1     skrll 	     reloc.  See comment above for more eliminable cases which
   3434       1.1     skrll 	     we can't identify at this time.  */
   3435   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3436   1.1.1.9  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   3437       1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular)
   3438       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3439   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3440       1.1     skrll 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3441       1.1     skrll 	     for this reloc.  */
   3442       1.1     skrll 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3443       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3444   1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3445   1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   3446   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3447   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3448       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   3449   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3450   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3451   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3452       1.1     skrll 
   3453   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   3454       1.1     skrll 	     entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   3455   1.1.1.2  christos 	     again if the symbol is later defined by a regular object.
   3456   1.1.1.2  christos 	     We know that h is really a pointer to an
   3457   1.1.1.2  christos 	     elf_cris_link_hash_entry.  */
   3458       1.1     skrll 	  {
   3459   1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3460   1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   3461   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3462   1.1.1.2  christos 	    eh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   3463   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3464   1.1.1.9  christos 	    for (p = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   3465   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (p->section == sec)
   3466   1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   3467   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3468   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (p == NULL)
   3469   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   3470   1.1.1.2  christos 		p = ((struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   3471       1.1     skrll 		     bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   3472   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (p == NULL)
   3473   1.1.1.2  christos 		  return false;
   3474       1.1     skrll 		p->next = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3475       1.1     skrll 		eh->pcrel_relocs_copied = p;
   3476   1.1.1.6  christos 		p->section = sec;
   3477   1.1.1.6  christos 		p->count = 0;
   3478   1.1.1.6  christos 		p->r_type = r_type;
   3479   1.1.1.6  christos 	      }
   3480   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3481   1.1.1.6  christos 	    ++p->count;
   3482   1.1.1.6  christos 	  }
   3483   1.1.1.6  christos 	  break;
   3484   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3485   1.1.1.6  christos 	/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   3486   1.1.1.8  christos 	   Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   3487   1.1.1.9  christos 	case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   3488   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   3489       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   3490   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3491   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3492   1.1.1.2  christos 	/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   3493   1.1.1.2  christos 	   used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   3494   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   3495       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   3496       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   3497       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3498   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3499   1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3500       1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3501       1.1     skrll 	  /* Already warned above, when necessary.  */
   3502   1.1.1.9  christos 	  break;
   3503       1.1     skrll 
   3504       1.1     skrll 	default:
   3505       1.1     skrll 	  /* Other relocs do not appear here.  */
   3506       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3507   1.1.1.9  christos 	  return false;
   3508  1.1.1.11  christos 	}
   3509  1.1.1.11  christos     }
   3510       1.1     skrll 
   3511   1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   3512       1.1     skrll }
   3513       1.1     skrll 
   3514   1.1.1.9  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3515       1.1     skrll 
   3516   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   3517   1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3518   1.1.1.9  christos 			     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3519   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3520   1.1.1.6  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   3521  1.1.1.11  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3522  1.1.1.11  christos   asection *s;
   3523       1.1     skrll   bool relocs;
   3524   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3525       1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   3526       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   3527   1.1.1.4  christos     return false;
   3528       1.1     skrll 
   3529   1.1.1.3  christos   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   3530       1.1     skrll   if (dynobj == NULL)
   3531       1.1     skrll     return true;
   3532       1.1     skrll 
   3533  1.1.1.11  christos   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3534       1.1     skrll     {
   3535       1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3536       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3537       1.1     skrll 	{
   3538       1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3539   1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3540   1.1.1.2  christos 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3541       1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3542       1.1     skrll 	  s->alloced = 1;
   3543       1.1     skrll 	}
   3544       1.1     skrll     }
   3545       1.1     skrll   else
   3546       1.1     skrll     {
   3547   1.1.1.6  christos       /* Adjust all expected GOTPLT uses to use a GOT entry instead.  */
   3548       1.1     skrll       elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab, elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got,
   3549       1.1     skrll 				   info);
   3550       1.1     skrll 
   3551       1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3552       1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3553       1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3554       1.1     skrll 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3555       1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3556       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelgot;
   3557       1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3558       1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3559   1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3560   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3561       1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all PC
   3562   1.1.1.2  christos      relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.  We
   3563       1.1     skrll      allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we will not
   3564   1.1.1.2  christos      fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  We also discard space
   3565       1.1     skrll      for relocs that have become for local symbols due to symbol
   3566   1.1.1.2  christos      visibility changes.  For programs, we discard space for relocs for
   3567       1.1     skrll      symbols not referenced by any dynamic object.  */
   3568       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3569       1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3570       1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics,
   3571   1.1.1.9  christos 				 info);
   3572       1.1     skrll   else
   3573       1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3574       1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics,
   3575       1.1     skrll 				 info);
   3576       1.1     skrll 
   3577       1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3578       1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3579       1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3580       1.1     skrll   relocs = false;
   3581   1.1.1.8  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3582       1.1     skrll     {
   3583       1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3584       1.1     skrll 
   3585   1.1.1.9  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3586       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3587   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3588   1.1.1.2  christos       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3589   1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3590   1.1.1.2  christos       name = bfd_section_name (s);
   3591   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3592   1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3593   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3594   1.1.1.2  christos 	  ;
   3595   1.1.1.9  christos 	}
   3596       1.1     skrll       else if (strcmp (name, ".got.plt") == 0)
   3597   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3598   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The .got.plt contains the .got header as well as the
   3599   1.1.1.4  christos 	     actual .got.plt contents.  The .got header may contain a
   3600   1.1.1.2  christos 	     R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at index 3.  */
   3601   1.1.1.2  christos 	  s->size += htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3602       1.1     skrll 	    ? 8 : 0;
   3603       1.1     skrll 	}
   3604       1.1     skrll       else if (startswith (name, ".rela"))
   3605   1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   3606       1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (name, ".rela.got") == 0
   3607   1.1.1.9  christos 	      && htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3608       1.1     skrll 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   3609       1.1     skrll 	    s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3610       1.1     skrll 
   3611       1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3612       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3613       1.1     skrll 	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
   3614   1.1.1.9  christos 		 than .rela.plt.  */
   3615   1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (strcmp (name, ".rela.plt") != 0)
   3616   1.1.1.6  christos 		  relocs = true;
   3617       1.1     skrll 
   3618       1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3619       1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3620       1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3621       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3622       1.1     skrll 	}
   3623       1.1     skrll       else if (! startswith (name, ".got")
   3624       1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0
   3625       1.1     skrll 	       && s != htab->root.sdynrelro)
   3626       1.1     skrll 	{
   3627       1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3628       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3629       1.1     skrll 	}
   3630       1.1     skrll 
   3631       1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3632       1.1     skrll 	{
   3633       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3634       1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3635       1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3636       1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3637       1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3638       1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3639       1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3640       1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3641       1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3642       1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3643       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3644       1.1     skrll 	}
   3645       1.1     skrll 
   3646       1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3647   1.1.1.9  christos 	continue;
   3648  1.1.1.11  christos 
   3649       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc here
   3650       1.1     skrll 	 in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the section's
   3651   1.1.1.9  christos 	 contents are written out.  This should not happen, but this way
   3652       1.1     skrll 	 if it does, we will not write out garbage.  For reloc sections,
   3653       1.1     skrll 	 this will make entries have the type R_CRIS_NONE.  */
   3654       1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3655       1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3656       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   3657       1.1     skrll       s->alloced = 1;
   3658       1.1     skrll     }
   3659       1.1     skrll 
   3660       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, relocs);
   3661       1.1     skrll }
   3662       1.1     skrll 
   3663   1.1.1.9  christos /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3664   1.1.1.3  christos    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case, it discards the
   3665   1.1.1.3  christos    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3666       1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal non-symbolic case,
   3667       1.1     skrll    we also discard space for relocs that have become local due to
   3668       1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3669       1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3670       1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.  */
   3671       1.1     skrll 
   3672       1.1     skrll static bool
   3673       1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   3674       1.1     skrll 				      void * inf)
   3675   1.1.1.4  christos {
   3676       1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3677       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3678   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3679   1.1.1.2  christos   /* If a symbol has been forced local or we have found a regular
   3680   1.1.1.2  christos      definition for the symbolic link case, then we won't be needing
   3681   1.1.1.2  christos      any relocs.  */
   3682   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->root.def_regular
   3683   1.1.1.9  christos       && (h->root.forced_local
   3684   1.1.1.2  christos 	  || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, &h->root)))
   3685   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3686   1.1.1.9  christos       for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3687       1.1     skrll 	{
   3688       1.1     skrll 	  asection *sreloc
   3689   1.1.1.2  christos 	    = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (elf_hash_table (info)
   3690   1.1.1.2  christos 						  ->dynobj,
   3691   1.1.1.2  christos 						  s->section,
   3692   1.1.1.2  christos 						  /*rela?*/ true);
   3693   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3694   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3695   1.1.1.2  christos       return true;
   3696   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3697   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3698   1.1.1.2  christos   /* If we have accounted for PC-relative relocs for read-only
   3699   1.1.1.6  christos      sections, now is the time to warn for them.  We can't do it in
   3700   1.1.1.6  christos      cris_elf_check_relocs, because we don't know the status of all
   3701   1.1.1.7  christos      symbols at that time (and it's common to force symbols local
   3702   1.1.1.7  christos      late).  */
   3703   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3704   1.1.1.2  christos   for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3705   1.1.1.2  christos     if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3706   1.1.1.2  christos       {
   3707   1.1.1.2  christos 	/* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3708   1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_error_handler
   3709   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3710   1.1.1.2  christos 	  (_("%pB, section `%pA', to symbol `%s':"
   3711   1.1.1.2  christos 	     " relocation %s should not be used"
   3712   1.1.1.9  christos 	     " in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3713       1.1     skrll 	   s->section->owner,
   3714       1.1     skrll 	   s->section,
   3715       1.1     skrll 	   h->root.root.root.string,
   3716       1.1     skrll 	   cris_elf_howto_table[s->r_type].name);
   3717       1.1     skrll 
   3718       1.1     skrll 	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3719   1.1.1.9  christos       }
   3720   1.1.1.3  christos 
   3721   1.1.1.3  christos   return true;
   3722       1.1     skrll }
   3723       1.1     skrll 
   3724       1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are *not*
   3725       1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  We discard space for relocs for symbols put
   3726       1.1     skrll    in the .got, but which we found we do not have to resolve at run-time.  */
   3727       1.1     skrll 
   3728       1.1     skrll static bool
   3729       1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   3730       1.1     skrll 					  void * inf)
   3731       1.1     skrll {
   3732       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3733   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3734       1.1     skrll   /* If we're not creating a shared library and have a symbol which is
   3735       1.1     skrll      referred to by .got references, but the symbol is defined locally,
   3736       1.1     skrll      (or rather, not defined by a DSO) then lose the reloc for the .got
   3737       1.1     skrll      (don't allocate room for it).  Likewise for relocs for something
   3738       1.1     skrll      for which we create a PLT.  */
   3739       1.1     skrll   if (!h->root.def_dynamic
   3740   1.1.1.6  christos       || h->root.plt.refcount > 0)
   3741       1.1     skrll     {
   3742       1.1     skrll       if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0
   3743       1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of this section is only valid and in sync with the
   3744       1.1     skrll 	     various reference counts if we do dynamic; don't decrement it
   3745       1.1     skrll 	     otherwise.  */
   3746       1.1     skrll 	  && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3747       1.1     skrll 	{
   3748       1.1     skrll 	  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3749       1.1     skrll 	  asection *srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3750       1.1     skrll 
   3751       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3752   1.1.1.5  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   3753   1.1.1.5  christos 
   3754   1.1.1.5  christos 	  srelgot->size -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3755   1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   3756       1.1     skrll 
   3757   1.1.1.6  christos       /* If the locally-defined symbol isn't used by a DSO, then we don't
   3758       1.1     skrll 	 have to export it as a dynamic symbol.  This was already done for
   3759       1.1     skrll 	 functions; doing this for all symbols would presumably not
   3760       1.1     skrll 	 introduce new problems.  Of course we don't do this if we're
   3761       1.1     skrll 	 exporting all dynamic symbols, or all data symbols, regardless of
   3762       1.1     skrll 	 them being referenced or not.  */
   3763       1.1     skrll       if (! (info->export_dynamic
   3764       1.1     skrll 	     || (h->root.type != STT_FUNC && info->dynamic_data))
   3765       1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.dynindx != -1
   3766       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.dynamic
   3767   1.1.1.9  christos 	  && !h->root.def_dynamic
   3768       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.ref_dynamic)
   3769       1.1     skrll 	{
   3770       1.1     skrll 	  h->root.dynindx = -1;
   3771       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   3772       1.1     skrll 				  h->root.dynstr_index);
   3773   1.1.1.9  christos 	}
   3774   1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3775       1.1     skrll 
   3776       1.1     skrll   return true;
   3777   1.1.1.9  christos }
   3778       1.1     skrll 
   3779       1.1     skrll /* Reject a file depending on presence and expectation of prefixed
   3780       1.1     skrll    underscores on symbols.  */
   3781       1.1     skrll 
   3782       1.1     skrll static bool
   3783       1.1     skrll cris_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   3784       1.1     skrll {
   3785       1.1     skrll   if (! cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
   3786       1.1     skrll     return false;
   3787       1.1     skrll 
   3788   1.1.1.9  christos   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE))
   3789   1.1.1.8  christos     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_');
   3790       1.1     skrll   else
   3791       1.1     skrll     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == 0);
   3792       1.1     skrll }
   3793       1.1     skrll 
   3794       1.1     skrll /* Mark presence or absence of leading underscore.  Set machine type
   3795       1.1     skrll    flags from mach type.  */
   3796       1.1     skrll 
   3797       1.1     skrll static bool
   3798       1.1     skrll cris_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
   3799       1.1     skrll {
   3800       1.1     skrll   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   3801       1.1     skrll 
   3802       1.1     skrll   e_flags &= ~EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   3803       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_')
   3804       1.1     skrll     e_flags |= EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   3805       1.1     skrll 
   3806       1.1     skrll   switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
   3807       1.1     skrll     {
   3808       1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10:
   3809       1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10;
   3810       1.1     skrll       break;
   3811       1.1     skrll 
   3812       1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32:
   3813   1.1.1.7  christos       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32;
   3814       1.1     skrll       break;
   3815       1.1     skrll 
   3816       1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v32:
   3817   1.1.1.8  christos       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32;
   3818       1.1     skrll       break;
   3819       1.1     skrll 
   3820       1.1     skrll     default:
   3821       1.1     skrll       _bfd_abort (__FILE__, __LINE__,
   3822   1.1.1.9  christos 		  _("unexpected machine number"));
   3823   1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3824   1.1.1.3  christos 
   3825       1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   3826       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
   3827       1.1     skrll }
   3828       1.1     skrll 
   3829       1.1     skrll /* Set the mach type from e_flags value.  */
   3830       1.1     skrll 
   3831       1.1     skrll static bool
   3832       1.1     skrll cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd,
   3833       1.1     skrll 			      unsigned long flags)
   3834       1.1     skrll {
   3835       1.1     skrll   switch (flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3836       1.1     skrll     {
   3837       1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10:
   3838       1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10);
   3839       1.1     skrll       break;
   3840       1.1     skrll 
   3841       1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32:
   3842       1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v32);
   3843       1.1     skrll       break;
   3844       1.1     skrll 
   3845   1.1.1.9  christos     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32:
   3846       1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32);
   3847       1.1     skrll       break;
   3848   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3849       1.1     skrll     default:
   3850       1.1     skrll       /* Since we don't recognize them, we obviously can't support them
   3851       1.1     skrll 	 with this code; we'd have to require that all future handling
   3852       1.1     skrll 	 would be optional.  */
   3853   1.1.1.9  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   3854   1.1.1.3  christos       return false;
   3855       1.1     skrll     }
   3856       1.1     skrll 
   3857       1.1     skrll   return true;
   3858       1.1     skrll }
   3859       1.1     skrll 
   3860       1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   3861       1.1     skrll 
   3862       1.1     skrll static bool
   3863       1.1     skrll cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   3864       1.1     skrll {
   3865       1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   3866       1.1     skrll 
   3867       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   3868       1.1     skrll 
   3869       1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   3870       1.1     skrll 
   3871       1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   3872       1.1     skrll 
   3873       1.1     skrll   if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE)
   3874   1.1.1.9  christos     fprintf (file, _(" [symbols have a _ prefix]"));
   3875       1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3876       1.1     skrll       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32)
   3877       1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, _(" [v10 and v32]"));
   3878       1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3879   1.1.1.9  christos       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32)
   3880   1.1.1.6  christos     fprintf (file, _(" [v32]"));
   3881       1.1     skrll 
   3882   1.1.1.6  christos   fputc ('\n', file);
   3883       1.1     skrll   return true;
   3884       1.1     skrll }
   3885   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3886   1.1.1.9  christos /* Don't mix files with and without a leading underscore.  */
   3887       1.1     skrll 
   3888       1.1     skrll static bool
   3889       1.1     skrll cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3890   1.1.1.9  christos {
   3891       1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   3892       1.1     skrll   int imach, omach;
   3893       1.1     skrll 
   3894       1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   3895       1.1     skrll     return false;
   3896       1.1     skrll 
   3897   1.1.1.9  christos   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3898       1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   3899       1.1     skrll     return true;
   3900       1.1     skrll 
   3901       1.1     skrll   imach = bfd_get_mach (ibfd);
   3902       1.1     skrll 
   3903       1.1     skrll   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   3904       1.1     skrll     {
   3905       1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   3906       1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
   3907   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3908       1.1     skrll       /* We ignore the linker-set mach, and instead set it according to
   3909       1.1     skrll 	 the first input file.  This would also happen if we could
   3910       1.1     skrll 	 somehow filter out the OUTPUT_ARCH () setting from elf.sc.
   3911       1.1     skrll 	 This allows us to keep the same linker config across
   3912       1.1     skrll 	 cris(v0..v10) and crisv32.  The drawback is that we can't force
   3913   1.1.1.6  christos 	 the output type, which might be a sane thing to do for a
   3914       1.1     skrll 	 v10+v32 compatibility object.  */
   3915   1.1.1.7  christos       if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   3916   1.1.1.7  christos 	return false;
   3917       1.1     skrll     }
   3918       1.1     skrll 
   3919   1.1.1.9  christos   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd)
   3920       1.1     skrll       != bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd))
   3921       1.1     skrll     {
   3922       1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler
   3923       1.1     skrll 	(bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd) == '_'
   3924       1.1     skrll 	 ? _("%pB: uses _-prefixed symbols, but writing file with non-prefixed symbols")
   3925       1.1     skrll 	 : _("%pB: uses non-prefixed symbols, but writing file with _-prefixed symbols"),
   3926       1.1     skrll 	 ibfd);
   3927       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3928       1.1     skrll       return false;
   3929       1.1     skrll     }
   3930       1.1     skrll 
   3931       1.1     skrll   omach = bfd_get_mach (obfd);
   3932       1.1     skrll 
   3933   1.1.1.6  christos   if (imach != omach)
   3934       1.1     skrll     {
   3935   1.1.1.7  christos       /* We can get an incompatible combination only if either is
   3936       1.1     skrll 	 bfd_mach_cris_v32, and the other one isn't compatible.  */
   3937   1.1.1.7  christos       if ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   3938       1.1     skrll 	   && omach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   3939       1.1     skrll 	  || (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   3940       1.1     skrll 	      && imach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32))
   3941   1.1.1.9  christos 	{
   3942       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler
   3943       1.1     skrll 	    ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   3944       1.1     skrll 	     ? _("%pB contains CRIS v32 code, incompatible"
   3945       1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects")
   3946       1.1     skrll 	     : _("%pB contains non-CRIS-v32 code, incompatible"
   3947       1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects"),
   3948       1.1     skrll 	     ibfd);
   3949   1.1.1.9  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3950       1.1     skrll 	  return false;
   3951       1.1     skrll 	}
   3952   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3953       1.1     skrll       /* We don't have to check the case where the input is compatible
   3954       1.1     skrll 	 with v10 and v32, because the output is already known to be set
   3955       1.1     skrll 	 to the other (compatible) mach.  */
   3956       1.1     skrll       if (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32
   3957   1.1.1.9  christos 	  && ! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   3958   1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   3959       1.1     skrll     }
   3960       1.1     skrll 
   3961       1.1     skrll   return true;
   3962   1.1.1.9  christos }
   3963       1.1     skrll 
   3964   1.1.1.6  christos /* Do side-effects of e_flags copying to obfd.  */
   3965   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3966   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
   3967   1.1.1.6  christos cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   3968       1.1     skrll {
   3969       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3970       1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   3971       1.1     skrll     return true;
   3972       1.1     skrll 
   3973   1.1.1.4  christos   /* Call the base function.  */
   3974   1.1.1.4  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   3975   1.1.1.4  christos     return false;
   3976       1.1     skrll 
   3977   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Do what we really came here for.  */
   3978   1.1.1.2  christos   return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   3979       1.1     skrll }
   3980       1.1     skrll 
   3981       1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   3982       1.1     skrll elf_cris_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3983       1.1     skrll 			   const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3984       1.1     skrll 			   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3985       1.1     skrll {
   3986       1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   3987       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   3988       1.1     skrll     {
   3989       1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_RELATIVE:
   3990   1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   3991   1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT:
   3992   1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   3993   1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_COPY:
   3994   1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   3995   1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   3996   1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   3997   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3998   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3999   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4000   1.1.1.2  christos /* The elf_backend_got_elt_size worker.  For one symbol, we can have up to
   4001   1.1.1.2  christos    two GOT entries from three types with two different sizes.  We handle
   4002   1.1.1.2  christos    it as a single entry, so we can use the regular offset-calculation
   4003   1.1.1.2  christos    machinery.  */
   4004   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4005   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   4006   1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_got_elt_size (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4007   1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4008   1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hr,
   4009   1.1.1.2  christos 		       bfd *ibfd,
   4010   1.1.1.2  christos 		       unsigned long symndx)
   4011   1.1.1.2  christos {
   4012   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) hr;
   4013   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma eltsiz = 0;
   4014   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4015   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We may have one regular GOT entry or up to two TLS GOT
   4016   1.1.1.2  christos      entries.  */
   4017   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == NULL)
   4018   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4019   1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4020   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   4021   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4022   1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts != NULL);
   4023   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4024   1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_REG_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4025   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4026   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We can't have a variable referred to both as a regular
   4027   1.1.1.2  christos 	     variable and through TLS relocs.  */
   4028   1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] == 0
   4029   1.1.1.2  christos 		      && local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] == 0);
   4030   1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4031   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4032   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4033   1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4034   1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4035   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4036   1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4037   1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 4;
   4038   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4039   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4040   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4041   1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *hh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   4042   1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   4043   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4044   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The actual error-on-input is emitted elsewhere.  */
   4045   1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (hh->dtp_refcount == 0 && hh->tprel_refcount == 0);
   4046   1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4047   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4048   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4049   1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->dtp_refcount > 0)
   4050   1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4051   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4052       1.1     skrll       if (hh->tprel_refcount > 0)
   4053       1.1     skrll 	eltsiz += 4;
   4054   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4055       1.1     skrll 
   4056       1.1     skrll   /* We're only called when h->got.refcount is non-zero, so we must
   4057       1.1     skrll      have a non-zero size.  */
   4058   1.1.1.4  christos   BFD_ASSERT (eltsiz != 0);
   4059       1.1     skrll   return eltsiz;
   4060       1.1     skrll }
   4061       1.1     skrll 
   4062       1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_cris
   4064       1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		CRIS_ELF_DATA
   4065       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_CRIS
   4066   1.1.1.2  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x2000
   4067   1.1.1.6  christos 
   4068       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	cris_elf32_vec
   4069       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-cris"
   4070       1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
   4071       1.1     skrll 
   4072       1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto_rel			NULL
   4073       1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto			cris_info_to_howto_rela
   4074       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section		cris_elf_relocate_section
   4075       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook		cris_elf_gc_mark_hook
   4076       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val			cris_elf_plt_sym_val
   4077       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs		cris_elf_check_relocs
   4078       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus		cris_elf_grok_prstatus
   4079       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo			cris_elf_grok_psinfo
   4080       1.1     skrll 
   4081       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections		1
   4082       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount		1
   4083       1.1     skrll 
   4084       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p			cris_elf_object_p
   4085       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   4086       1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_final_write_processing
   4087       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4088       1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data
   4089       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4090       1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
   4091   1.1.1.2  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   4092   1.1.1.2  christos 	cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data
   4093  1.1.1.11  christos 
   4094  1.1.1.11  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup		cris_reloc_type_lookup
   4095       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup	cris_reloc_name_lookup
   4096       1.1     skrll 
   4097       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4098       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_link_hash_table_create
   4099       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4100       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4101       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   4102       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol
   4103       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_late_size_sections \
   4104       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_late_size_sections
   4105       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section		_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4106       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4107       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4108       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4109       1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections
   4110       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4111   1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4112   1.1.1.6  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link \
   4113   1.1.1.6  christos 	bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link
   4114       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_hide_symbol			elf_cris_hide_symbol
   4115   1.1.1.9  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class		elf_cris_reloc_type_class
   4116   1.1.1.9  christos 
   4117       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   4118       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   4119       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   4120       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4121       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_elt_size elf_cris_got_elt_size
   4122       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   4123       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro	1
   4124   1.1.1.9  christos 
   4125   1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_default_execstack	0
   4126       1.1     skrll 
   4127       1.1     skrll /* Later, we my want to optimize RELA entries into REL entries for dynamic
   4128       1.1     skrll    linking and libraries (if it's a win of any significance).  Until then,
   4129       1.1     skrll    take the easy route.  */
   4130       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rel_p 0
   4131       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rela_p 1
   4132   1.1.1.4  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4133       1.1     skrll 
   4134       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	true
   4135       1.1     skrll 
   4136       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   4137       1.1     skrll 
   4138       1.1     skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   4139                     #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   4140                     #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
   4141                     
   4142                     #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM cris_elf32_us_vec
   4143                     #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-us-cris"
   4144                     #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   4145                     #undef elf32_bed
   4146                     #define elf32_bed elf32_us_cris_bed
   4147                     
   4148                     #include "elf32-target.h"
   4149